summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--debian/NEWS24
-rw-r--r--debian/NEWS.upstream124
-rw-r--r--debian/README.Debian117
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-client.config117
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-client.cron.d2
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-client.dirs5
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-client.docs3
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-client.init71
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-client.install4
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-client.manpages6
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-client.postinst364
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-client.postrm15
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-client.service13
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-client.templates137
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-server.config110
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-server.dirs6
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-server.docs3
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-server.init82
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-server.install8
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-server.logcheck.ignore10
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-server.manpages7
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-server.postinst212
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-server.postrm22
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-server.service13
-rw-r--r--debian/boxbackup-server.templates77
-rw-r--r--debian/changelog401
-rw-r--r--debian/clean146
-rw-r--r--debian/clean.sh8
-rw-r--r--debian/compat1
-rw-r--r--debian/control59
-rw-r--r--debian/copyright48
-rw-r--r--debian/patches/03-adjust-syslog-facility.diff50
-rw-r--r--debian/patches/05-dont_use_net_for_docs.diff12
-rw-r--r--debian/patches/series2
-rw-r--r--debian/po/POTFILES.in2
-rw-r--r--debian/po/cs.po512
-rw-r--r--debian/po/da.po515
-rw-r--r--debian/po/de.po526
-rw-r--r--debian/po/es.po549
-rw-r--r--debian/po/eu.po527
-rw-r--r--debian/po/fi.po504
-rw-r--r--debian/po/fr.po526
-rw-r--r--debian/po/gl.po516
-rw-r--r--debian/po/it.po525
-rw-r--r--debian/po/ja.po509
-rw-r--r--debian/po/nl.po528
-rw-r--r--debian/po/pt.po519
-rw-r--r--debian/po/pt_BR.po522
-rw-r--r--debian/po/ru.po519
-rw-r--r--debian/po/sv.po515
-rw-r--r--debian/po/templates.pot446
-rw-r--r--debian/po/vi.po514
-rwxr-xr-xdebian/rules105
-rw-r--r--debian/source/format1
-rw-r--r--debian/testing-notes.org406
-rw-r--r--debian/watch5
56 files changed, 11570 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/debian/NEWS b/debian/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2c3e7c25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+boxbackup (0.11~rc2+r2072-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * The upstream parts of this file have been renamed to a new file called
+ NEWS.upstream to make the process of updating it easier.
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Wed, 01 Apr 2009 10:24:51 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.10-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * This Package has been initially prepared and mantained by Jérôme
+ Schell since 2004 in a private repository. I like the software, and
+ decided to take it over in order to have it in Debian. Please note
+ that I'm actively looking for co-maintainers, so do not hesitate to
+ get a copy of my bzr branch and share your commits with me.
+
+ The only major change has been to drop the boxbackup-utils package. It
+ contained only one single command to manage certificates. It has been
+ moved to the boxbackup-server package.
+
+ The complete debconf integration has been written by Jérôme. It works
+ for me quite well. If it doesn't for you, please file a bug and CC
+ Jérôme to that bugreport. Thanks.
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Wed, 25 Apr 2007 18:06:04 +0200
diff --git a/debian/NEWS.upstream b/debian/NEWS.upstream
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2ae473dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/NEWS.upstream
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+The following notes have been copied from the boxbackup trac wiki at
+http://www.boxbackup.org/trac/wiki/011?format=txt
+
+== Changes in This Release ==
+
+ * Fixed some bugs with backing up, restoring and comparing [#2 files over 2GB] in compressed size.
+ * Added new logging infrastructure, allows more control over whether messages are sent to the console or system logs, and at what level of detail.
+ * Changed keepalive and diff timers to run in real time, not CPU time.
+ * Enable KeepAlive time by default on new installations, set to 120 seconds.
+ * Added bbackupctl commands for improved scripting of syncs.
+ * Fixed a bug with restoring symlinks to directories outside of the backed-up location (thanks to Hans-Joachim Baader)
+ * Ported unit tests for Windows.
+ * Added full unit tests for keep-alives and diff timer on most platforms.
+ * Fixed a number of bugs in the Windows port.
+ * Added option to send Extended Logs to a file instead of to system logs.
+ * Added option to log all file access, for debugging when a file is not backed up or causes the backup to fail mysteriously.
+ * Improved error messages to identify the causes of some errors which were difficult to track down before.
+ * Added bbackupd option to set the length of time before unused locations are deleted.
+ * Changed default location of bbackupd.conf on Windows to the same directory as bbackupd.exe.
+ * Fixed a bug where bbstoreaccounts could modify an account while it was locked by a running backup.
+ * Improved command-line option handling.
+ * Added command-line help (-h option) to bbackupd and bbstored.
+ * Add a new -F option for daemons, which runs in the foreground but still accepts multiple connections, which is what SINGLEPROCESS used to do.
+ * Fixed compare of timestamps on filesystems which cannot set them more accurately than 1 second.
+ * Added new backup-start and backup-finish events to the NotifyScript, which can be used to implement more advanced functionality such as snapshotting databases.
+ * Added a new sample !NotifySysAdmin script for Windows, written by James O'Gorman in VBscript.
+ * Added support for multiple Box Backup (bbackupd) services on Windows, with different service names and named pipe names, to implement redundancy.
+ * Fixed bbackupd mysteriously failing to back up if one of the location paths did not exist.
+ * Fixed entering of international characters into bbackupquery on Windows (instructions) and Unixes with editline.
+ * Improve Makefiles by reducing verbosity during build, so that any errors and warnings can be seen more easily.
+ * Added saving of the list of unused root directory entries to the !StoreObjectInfoFile, so that they will persist across restarts of bbackup (thanks to Gary Niemcewicz).
+ * Updated built-in documentation (program manuals, installation guide and administrator's guide).
+ * Improved build targets (thanks to James O'Gorman).
+ * On Unix platforms, all commands have moved from bin to sbin.
+
+== Source Code ==
+
+The source code for all platforms can be downloaded
+[http://www.boxbackup.org/svn/box/packages/boxbackup-0.11rc2.tgz here], although for Windows Native builds please read the [wiki:Installation#Windows Windows installation] notes.
+
+== Upgrading ==
+
+Upgrade all clients and servers to [wiki:010 0.10] first.
+
+Remove any Windows services before upgrading (with `bbackupd -r`) and reinstall after upgrading (with `bbackupd -i`).
+
+New logging options (LogAllFileAccess, ExtendedLogging and [wiki:ManualPages command-line options]) are useful but not required. To use LogAllFileAccess you need to start the daemon with the `-V` option as well.
+
+The protocol is the same, so it shouldn't require the store server to be updated at the same time as the clients, or even fix the order of updating them. We would recommend that you upgrade the store server first, and then the clients one at a time.
+
+You might want to either regenerate their configs, or look at the difference between a fresh config and their current one, to enable some useful options like KeepAliveTime (which is enabled by default in new installations) and to think about enabling StoreObjectInfoFile.
+
+Most syslog messages have changed their format, so any scripts which parse syslog will have to be updated.
+
+Anyone using SINGLEPROCESS in anger (e.g. to run bbstored as a managed service under daemontools or similar) should shoot themselves quietly in the foot and prepare to change it to '''-F''' after the upgrade. (this was never a documented option, and now behaves a little differently).
+
+If you have problems with large files (over 2GB compressed) not being backed up, restored or compared, you will need to delete them from the store server to fix them properly. You can do this before or after upgrading, but if they are uploaded again by the 0.10 client then the problem will not be solved.
+
+You will probably get this error message every backup run:
+
+{{{
+BACKUP PROBLEM on host your.client.host (unknown)
+}}}
+
+To fix this, edit the !NotifyScript (usually `/etc/box/bbackupd/NotifyScript.sh`), find the line that starts with the word `else`, and add these three lines immediately before it:
+
+{{{
+elif [ "$1" = backup-start -o "$1" = backup-finish -o "$1" = backup-ok ]; then
+ # do nothing by default
+ true
+}}}
+
+== Known Issues ==
+
+[[TicketQuery(status!=closed)]]
+
+== Credits ==
+
+ * '''Martin Ebourne''' reviewed code from Windows port for merge;
+
+ * '''Pierre-Henri Lavigne''' created and started maintaining fink packages for MacOS X;
+
+ * '''Stuart Hickinbottom''', '''Mark''', '''Nestor Arocha Rodriguez''' and '''James Stark''' contributed code;
+
+ * '''Pete Jalajas''' contributed the Windows installer
+
+ * '''Charles Lecklider''' reviewed code from Windows port for merge;
+
+ * '''Kenny Millington''' provided the bbreporter.py Python script;
+
+ * '''Gary Niemcewicz''' tested and fixed support for Microsoft Visual Studio as a compiler;
+
+ * '''James O'Gorman''' hosts our website, wrote a lot of documentation, bought us a real SSL certificate and fixed autoconf problems;
+
+ * '''Ben Summers''' contributed ideas and reviewed code from Windows port for merge;
+
+ * '''Reinhard Tartler''' created and started maintaining Debian packages;
+
+ * '''Per Thomsen''' wrote the Docbook documentation;
+
+ * '''Chris Wilson''' implemented most of the new features, tested Solaris, FreeBSD and MacOS X and helped out on the mailing list;
+
+ * Testing and bug reports (in alphabetical order)
+ * Tom Albers
+ * Tobias Balle-Petersen
+ * Damien B
+ * Dave Bamford
+ * Torsten Boob
+ * Matt Brown (who also lent us a MacOS X laptop for testing)
+ * Eric Cronin
+ * Johann Glaser
+ * Alex Harper
+ * Guno Heitman
+ * Stuart Hickinbottom
+ * Richard Hurt
+ * Pete Jalajas
+ * David Kaufman
+ * kiru
+ * Paul MacKenzie
+ * Mitja Muzenic
+ * Tuukka Pasanen
+ * Phil Shelley
+
+ * Please let us know if we've missed you out!
diff --git a/debian/README.Debian b/debian/README.Debian
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bfe38289
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/README.Debian
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+Quick setup guide for boxbackup system
+--------------------------------------
+
+NOTE: The debian package should handle most of the configuration
+for you via debconf.
+
+However this is a quick guide if you prefer to do this by
+yourself.
+
+If you want to use debconf to configure Boxbackup, do NOT follow
+those explanations. Jump directly to the section on Managing certificates
+
+Boxbackup-server configuration
+------------------------------
+
+You need to create the server configuration files contained in
+/etc/boxbackup.
+
+For this you must first use the raidfile-config script.
+
+raidfile-config /etc/boxbackup 2048 /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2
+
+where:
+- /etc/boxbackup is the location of the configuration files (don't
+ change that as several scripts use that by default)
+- 2048 is the block size of the RAID system, this should be set to
+ the block size of the underlying filesystem
+- the three following path names are the location of the 3 RAID partitions
+ used by boxbackup to store the backup. They should be on 3 different
+ physical drive. You can disable the use of userland RAID by specifying
+ only one path name.
+
+You should now have a file /etc/boxbackup/raidfile.conf that you can
+customize to add another set of disc.
+
+Now run the bbstored-config script:
+
+bbstored-config /etc/boxbackup serverhostname bbstored
+
+where:
+- /etc/boxbackup is the location of the configuration files (don't
+ change that as several scripts use that by default).
+- serverhostname is the fqdn name of the server you are installing on,
+ this is used to determine on which interface the daemon will listen on.
+- bbstored is the user the server will run under, this user is automatically
+ created by the Debian package.
+
+Now you have to manage your certificate. See below for this.
+
+To manage the client accounts use the bbstoreaccounts utility.
+To add an account:
+bbstoreaccounts create ACCOUNT_NUMBER DISC_SET SOFT_QUOTA HARD_QUOTA
+
+where:
+- ACCOUNT_NUMBER is the account number to create, a 8 digits hexadecimal number.
+- DISC_SET is a disc set number defined in /etc/boxbackup/raidfile.conf where the
+ files for that account will go into.
+- SOFT_QUOTA is the soft storage quota size, the client will avoid to upload files
+ when reaching that limit
+- HARD_QUOTA is the hard storage quota size, the server will not store files when
+ reaching that limit.
+
+An example invocation:
+bbstoreaccounts create 1EF235CA 0 1024M 1250M
+(suffixes M, G and B are accepted for quota size meaning respectively Megabytes,
+Gigabytes and Blocks)
+
+Boxbackup-client configuration
+------------------------------
+
+You need to create the client configuration files contained in
+/etc/boxbackup.
+
+For this you must use the bbackupd-config script.
+
+bbackupd-config /etc/boxbackup lazy ACCOUNT_NUMBER SERVER_NAME /var/lib/bbackupd BACKUP_DIR [[BACKUP_DIR]...]
+
+where:
+- /etc/boxbackup is the location of the configuration files (don't
+ change that as several scripts use that by default).
+- lazy: backup mode, could be lazy (continuous scan of filesystem) or
+ snapshot (backup launch by a cron script, see /etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client)
+- ACCOUT_NUMBER: your account number provided by the backup server administrator
+- SERVER_NAME is the fqdn name of the server you will connect to.
+- /var/lib/bbackupd: location of working directory (don't change)
+- BACKUP_DIR: a list of directories to backup (they must not contain another
+ mounted filesystem)
+
+
+Managing certificates
+---------------------
+
+For this you need to use the bbstored-certs script contained in the
+boxbackup-server package.
+
+To initialise your CA (creates a "ca" directory with private key and certificate in it) launch:
+bbstored-certs ca init
+
+To sign a server certificate:
+bbstored-certs ca sign-server server-csr.pem
+
+To sign a client certificate:
+bbstored-certs ca sign clientaccount-csr.pem
+
+You will find a more detailed documentation on the boxbackup Web site:
+http://www.boxbackup.org
+
+
+"Upstream" tarball
+------------------
+
+The "upstream" tarball is produced using git-archive from the upstream
+git branch at github:
+
+https://github.com/boxbackup/boxbackup
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de>, Sat, 17 Jun 2017 17:57:00 -0400
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.config b/debian/boxbackup-client.config
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2ed866d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.config
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+#!/bin/bash -e
+
+# Source debconf library
+. /usr/share/debconf/confmodule
+
+# This conf script is capable of backing up
+#db_version 2.0
+#db_capb backup
+
+#db_metaget debconf/priority value
+#CONFPRIO=$RET
+
+# Handle with debconf or not?
+db_input medium boxbackup-client/debconf || true
+db_go
+db_get boxbackup-client/debconf
+if [ "$RET" = "false" ]; then
+ exit 0
+fi
+
+# Backup mode
+db_get boxbackup-client/backupMode
+OLDMODE=$RET
+
+db_input medium boxbackup-client/backupMode || true
+db_go
+
+
+# accountNumber
+ANOK=0
+while [ $ANOK = 0 ]; do
+ db_input critical boxbackup-client/accountNumber || true
+ db_go
+
+ db_get boxbackup-client/accountNumber
+
+ if [ -z `echo $RET | sed 's/[[:xdigit:]]//g'` ]; then
+ ANOK=1
+ fi
+
+ if [ $ANOK = 0 ]; then
+ db_input critical boxbackup-client/incorrectAccountNumber || true
+ db_go
+ fi
+done
+
+# backupServer
+db_input critical boxbackup-client/backupServer || true
+db_go
+
+# backupDirs
+DIRSOK=0
+while [ $DIRSOK = 0 ]; do
+ db_input critical boxbackup-client/backupDirs || true
+ db_go
+
+ db_get boxbackup-client/backupDirs
+
+ if [ ! -z "$RET" ]; then
+ DIRSOK=1
+ for dir in $RET; do
+ if [ ! -z `echo $dir | sed 's/^[[:space:]]*\/[[:alnum:]\.\_-]*\/*\([[:alnum:]\.\_-]*\/*\)*[[:space:]]*$//g'` ]; then
+ DIRSOK=0;
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+
+ if [ $DIRSOK = 0 ]; then
+ db_input critical boxbackup-client/incorrectDirectories || true
+ db_go
+ fi
+done
+
+# UpdateStoreInterval MinimumFileAge MaxUploadWait
+#db_get boxbackup-client/backupMode
+
+# This is a way to get back to the default values when switching the backup mode
+#if [ ! -z $OLDMODE ]; then
+# if [ $OLDMODE != $RET ]; then
+# db_set boxbackup-client/UpdateStoreInterval "3600"
+# db_set boxbackup-client/MinimumFileAge "21600"
+# db_set boxbackup-client/MaxUploadWait "86400"
+# fi
+#fi
+
+db_get boxbackup-client/backupMode
+if [ "$RET" = "lazy" ]; then
+ for param in UpdateStoreInterval MinimumFileAge MaxUploadWait; do
+ NUMOK=0
+ while [ $NUMOK = 0 ]; do
+ db_input medium boxbackup-client/$param || true
+ db_go
+
+ db_get boxbackup-client/$param
+
+ if [ -z `echo $RET | sed 's/[[:digit:]]//g'` ]; then
+ NUMOK=1
+ fi
+
+ if [ $NUMOK = 0 ]; then
+ db_input critical boxbackup-client/IncorrectNumber || true
+ db_go
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+fi
+
+
+# NotifyMail
+db_input medium boxbackup-client/notifyMail || true
+db_go
+
+# x509 and private key
+db_input medium boxbackup-client/generateCertificate || true
+db_go
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.cron.d b/debian/boxbackup-client.cron.d
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..486e4be3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.cron.d
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# Launch the boxbackup client/server synchronization when in snapshot mode
+#0 0 * * * root /usr/sbin/bbackupctl -q sync
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.dirs b/debian/boxbackup-client.dirs
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96e786f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.dirs
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+usr/sbin
+var/lib/bbackupd
+etc/boxbackup
+etc/boxbackup/bbackupd
+
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.docs b/debian/boxbackup-client.docs
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ccd1de71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.docs
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+BUGS.txt
+distribution/boxbackup/LINUX.txt
+distribution/boxbackup/THANKS.txt
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.init b/debian/boxbackup-client.init
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..90026ba4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.init
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+#
+### BEGIN INIT INFO
+# Provides: boxbackup-client
+# Required-Start: $syslog $remote_fs $network
+# Required-Stop: $syslog $remote_fs $network
+# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5
+# Default-Stop: 0 1 6
+# Short-Description: boxbackup client
+# Description: Init script to start and stop the boxbackup client
+### END INIT INFO
+
+. /lib/lsb/init-functions
+
+PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
+DAEMON=/usr/sbin/bbackupd
+NAME=bbackupd
+DESC=boxbackup-client
+CONF=/etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf
+
+test -f $DAEMON || exit 0
+
+test -f $CONF || exit 0
+
+PIDFILE=`grep 'PidFile' $CONF | sed 's/[[:space:]]*PidFile[[:space:]]*=[[:space:]]*\(\/[A-Za-z0-9/]*\)/\1/'`
+CERTFILE=`grep 'CertificateFile' $CONF | sed 's/[[:space:]]*CertificateFile[[:space:]]*=[[:space:]]*\(\/[A-Za-z0-9/]*\)/\1/'`
+ACCNUM=`grep 'AccountNumber' $CONF | sed 's/[[:space:]]*AccountNumber[[:space:]]*=[[:space:]]*\([A-Za-z0-9/]*\)/\1/'`
+
+[ -z $PIDFILE ] && PIDFILE="/var/run/bbackupd.pid"
+
+# Don't start if certificate file or account number are not present
+[ ! -e $CERTFILE -o -z $ACCNUM ] && exit 0
+
+set -e
+
+case "$1" in
+ start)
+ echo -n "Starting $DESC: "
+ start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --pidfile $PIDFILE \
+ --exec $DAEMON -- $CONF
+ echo "$NAME."
+ ;;
+ stop)
+ echo -n "Stopping $DESC: "
+ start-stop-daemon --oknodo --retry 5 --stop --quiet --pidfile $PIDFILE \
+ --exec $DAEMON
+ echo "$NAME."
+ ;;
+ reload|force-reload)
+ echo "Reloading $DESC configuration files."
+ start-stop-daemon --stop --signal 1 --quiet --pidfile \
+ $PIDFILE --exec $DAEMON -- $CONF
+ ;;
+ restart)
+ echo -n "Restarting $DESC: "
+ start-stop-daemon --oknodo --retry 5 --stop --quiet --pidfile \
+ $PIDFILE --exec $DAEMON
+ sleep 1
+ start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --pidfile \
+ $PIDFILE --exec $DAEMON -- $CONF
+ echo "$NAME."
+ ;;
+ *)
+ N=/etc/init.d/$NAME
+ echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload}" >&2
+ #echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|force-reload}" >&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.install b/debian/boxbackup-client.install
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5dbf00bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.install
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+parcels/boxbackup-*-backup-client-*-gnu*/bbackupctl /usr/sbin/
+parcels/boxbackup-*-backup-client-*-gnu*/bbackupd /usr/sbin/
+parcels/boxbackup-*-backup-client-*-gnu*/bbackupd-config /usr/sbin/
+parcels/boxbackup-*-backup-client-*-gnu*/bbackupquery /usr/sbin/
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.manpages b/debian/boxbackup-client.manpages
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..562b2f7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.manpages
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+docs/man/bbackupd.8.gz
+docs/man/bbackupd.conf.5.gz
+docs/man/bbackupd-config.8.gz
+docs/man/bbackupctl.8.gz
+docs/man/bbackupquery.8.gz
+
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.postinst b/debian/boxbackup-client.postinst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a0bc9a57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.postinst
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+#! /bin/bash
+# postinst script for boxbackup-client
+#
+# see: dh_installdeb(1)
+
+set -e
+
+# summary of how this script can be called:
+# * <postinst> `configure' <most-recently-configured-version>
+# * <old-postinst> `abort-upgrade' <new version>
+# * <conflictor's-postinst> `abort-remove' `in-favour' <package>
+# <new-version>
+# * <deconfigured's-postinst> `abort-deconfigure' `in-favour'
+# <failed-install-package> <version> `removing'
+# <conflicting-package> <version>
+# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or
+# the debian-policy package
+#
+# quoting from the policy:
+# Any necessary prompting should almost always be confined to the
+# post-installation script, and should be protected with a conditional
+# so that unnecessary prompting doesn't happen if a package's
+# installation fails and the `postinst' is called with `abort-upgrade',
+# `abort-remove' or `abort-deconfigure'.
+
+#loading debconf module
+. /usr/share/debconf/confmodule
+
+CONFDIR=/etc/boxbackup
+DEBCONFBB=$CONFDIR/bbackupd.debconf
+BBCONF=$CONFDIR/bbackupd.conf
+BBKEY=$CONFDIR/bbackupd/boxbackup-client-encrypt-key.raw
+BBPRIVKEY=$CONFDIR/bbackupd/boxbackup-client-priv-key.pem
+BBCERTREQ=$CONFDIR/bbackupd/boxbackup-client-cert-req.pem
+BBCERT=$CONFDIR/bbackupd/boxbackup-client-cert.pem
+BBCACERT=$CONFDIR/bbackupd/boxbackup-server-ca-cert.pem
+DEBCONFNOTIFY=$CONFDIR/bbackupd/notifyadmin.debconf
+NOTIFYSCRIPT=$CONFDIR/bbackupd/notifyadmin
+
+case "$1" in
+ configure)
+ db_get boxbackup-client/debconf
+ if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then
+ # Generate configuration files
+ # backupd.conf
+ echo "#To reconfigure boxbackup-client run #dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client" >> $DEBCONFBB
+
+ db_get boxbackup-client/backupServer
+ echo "StoreHostname = $RET" >> $DEBCONFBB
+
+ db_get boxbackup-client/accountNumber
+ ACCOUNT=$RET
+ echo "AccountNumber = 0x$ACCOUNT" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "KeysFile = $BBKEY" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "CertificateFile = $BBCERT" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "PrivateKeyFile = $BBPRIVKEY" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "TrustedCAsFile = $BBCACERT" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "DataDirectory = /var/lib/bbackupd" >> $DEBCONFBB
+
+ cat >>$DEBCONFBB <<__EOF
+
+# This script is run whenever bbackupd encounters a problem which requires
+# the system administrator to assist:
+# 1) The store is full, and no more data can be uploaded.
+# 2) Some files or directories were not readable.
+# The default script emails the system administrator.
+NotifyScript = $NOTIFYSCRIPT
+
+__EOF
+
+ db_get boxbackup-client/backupMode
+ if [ "$RET" = "lazy" ]; then
+ db_get boxbackup-client/UpdateStoreInterval
+ UPDATE=$RET
+ [ -z "$UPDATE" ] && UPDATE="3600"
+
+ db_get boxbackup-client/MinimumFileAge
+ FILEAGE=$RET
+ [ -z "$FILEAGE" ] && FILEAGE="21600"
+
+ db_get boxbackup-client/MaxUploadWait
+ UPWAIT=$RET
+ [ -z "$UPWAIT" ] && UPWAIT="86400"
+
+ AUTO=yes
+ else
+ AUTO=no
+ UPDATE=0
+ FILEAGE=0
+ UPWAIT=0
+ fi
+
+ cat >>$DEBCONFBB <<__EOF
+# Backup mode specification
+# With snapshot mode, you will need to run bbackupctl to instruct the daemon to upload files.
+# Set to no for snapshot mode and yes for lazy mode
+AutomaticBackup = $AUTO
+
+# A scan of the local discs will be made once an hour (approximately).
+# To avoid cycles of load on the server, this time is randomly adjusted by a small
+# percentage as the daemon runs.
+# Defaults: 3600 for lazy mode - 0 for snapshot mode
+UpdateStoreInterval = $UPDATE
+
+# A file must have been modified at least 6 hours ago before it will be uploaded.
+# Defaults: 21600 for lazy mode - 0 for snapshot mode
+MinimumFileAge = $FILEAGE
+
+# If a file is modified repeated, it won't be uploaded immediately in case it's modified again.
+# However, it should be uploaded eventually. This is how long we should wait after first noticing
+# a change. (1 day)
+# Defaults: 86400 for lazy mode - 0 for snapshot mode
+MaxUploadWait = $UPWAIT
+
+# Files above this size (in bytes) are tracked, and if they are renamed they will simply be
+# renamed on the server, rather than being uploaded again. (64k - 1)
+FileTrackingSizeThreshold = 65535
+
+# The daemon does "changes only" uploads for files above this size (in bytes).
+# Files less than it are uploaded whole without this extra processing.
+DiffingUploadSizeThreshold = 8192
+
+# The limit on how much time is spent diffing files. Most files shouldn't take very long,
+# but if you have really big files you can use this to limit the time spent diffing them.
+# * Reduce if you are having problems with processor usage.
+# * Increase if you have large files, and think the upload of changes is too large and want
+# to spend more time searching for unchanged blocks.
+MaximumDiffingTime = 20
+
+# Uncomment this line to see exactly what the daemon is going when it's connected to the server.
+# ExtendedLogging = yes
+
+# Use this to temporarily stop bbackupd from syncronising or connecting to the store.
+# This specifies a program or script script which is run just before each sync, and ideally
+# the full path to the interpreter. It will be run as the same user bbackupd is running as,
+# usually root.
+# The script prints either "now" or a number to STDOUT (and a terminating newline, no quotes).
+# If the result was "now", then the sync will happen. If it's a number, then the script will
+# be asked again in that number of seconds.
+# For example, you could use this on a laptop to only backup when on a specific network.
+
+# SyncAllowScript = /path/to/intepreter/or/exe script-name parameters etc
+
+# Where the command socket is created in the filesystem.
+CommandSocket = /var/run/bbackupd.sock
+
+Server
+{
+ PidFile = /var/run/bbackupd.pid
+}
+
+#
+# BackupLocations specifies which locations on disc should be backed up. Each
+# directory is in the format
+#
+# name
+# {
+# Path = /path/of/directory
+# (optional exclude directives)
+# }
+#
+# 'name' is derived from the Path by the config script, but should merely be
+# unique.
+#
+# The exclude directives are of the form
+#
+# [Exclude|AlwaysInclude][File|Dir][|sRegex] = regex or full pathname
+#
+# (The regex suffix is shown as 'sRegex' to make File or Dir plural)
+#
+# For example:
+#
+# ExcludeDir = /home/guest-user
+# ExcludeFilesRegex = \.(mp3|MP3)$
+# AlwaysIncludeFile = /home/username/veryimportant.mp3
+#
+# This excludes the directory /home/guest-user from the backup along with all mp3
+# files, except one MP3 file in particular.
+#
+# In general, Exclude excludes a file or directory, unless the directory is
+# explicitly mentioned in a AlwaysInclude directive.
+#
+# If a directive ends in Regex, then it is a regular expression rather than a
+# explicit full pathname. See
+#
+# man 7 re_format
+#
+# for the regex syntax on your platform.
+#
+
+BackupLocations
+{
+__EOF
+
+ db_get boxbackup-client/backupDirs
+
+ for dir in $RET; do
+ NAME=`echo $dir | sed 's/\//-/g' | sed 's/^-//'`
+
+ # TODO : exclude encrypt key file from the backup
+
+ echo " $NAME" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo " {" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo " Path = $dir" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo " }" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ done
+
+ echo "}" >> $DEBCONFBB
+
+ # Encryption key
+ if [ ! -e $BBKEY ]; then
+ if ! openssl rand -out $BBKEY 1024 >&2; then
+ echo "Can't generate encryption key. Check why." >&2
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ chmod 600 $BBKEY || true
+
+ # SSL stuff
+ if [ ! -z "$ACCOUNT" ]; then
+ if [ ! -e $BBPRIVKEY -a ! -e $BBCERT ]; then
+ db_get boxbackup-client/generateCertificate
+
+ if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then
+ if ! openssl genrsa -out $BBPRIVKEY 2048 >&2; then
+ echo "Private key generation failed! Check why." >&2
+ else
+ chmod 600 $BBPRIVKEY || true
+ fi
+
+
+ if ! openssl req -new -key $BBPRIVKEY -sha1 -out $BBCERTREQ >&2 <<__EOF
+.
+.
+.
+.
+.
+BACKUP-$ACCOUNT
+.
+.
+.
+__EOF
+ then
+ echo "Certificate request generation failed ! Check why." >&2
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # Generate notify script
+ CLIENTNAME=`hostname --fqdn`
+
+ db_get boxbackup-client/notifyMail
+ MAILTO=$RET
+
+ cat >>$DEBCONFNOTIFY <<__EOF
+#!/bin/sh
+#To reconfigure boxbackup-client run #dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client
+
+# This script is run whenever bbackupd changes state or encounters a
+# problem which requires the system administrator to assist:
+#
+# 1) The store is full, and no more data can be uploaded.
+# 2) Some files or directories were not readable.
+# 3) A backup run starts or finishes.
+#
+# The default script emails the system administrator, except for backups
+# starting and stopping, where it does nothing.
+
+SUBJECT="BACKUP PROBLEM on host $CLIENTNAME"
+SENDTO="$MAILTO"
+
+if [ "\$1" = "" ]; then
+ echo "Usage: \$0 <store-full|read-error|backup-ok|backup-error|backup-start|backup-finish>" >&2
+ exit 2
+elif [ "\$1" = store-full ]; then
+ $sendmail \$SENDTO <<EOM
+Subject: \$SUBJECT (store full)
+To: \$SENDTO
+
+
+The store account for $CLIENTNAME is full.
+
+=============================
+FILES ARE NOT BEING BACKED UP
+=============================
+
+Please adjust the limits on account $account_num on server $server.
+
+EOM
+elif [ "\$1" = read-error ]; then
+$sendmail \$SENDTO <<EOM
+Subject: \$SUBJECT (read errors)
+To: \$SENDTO
+
+
+Errors occured reading some files or directories for backup on $CLIENTNAME.
+
+===================================
+THESE FILES ARE NOT BEING BACKED UP
+===================================
+
+Check the logs on $CLIENTNAME for the files and directories which caused
+these errors, and take appropriate action.
+
+Other files are being backed up.
+
+EOM
+elif [ "\$1" = backup-start -o "\$1" = backup-finish -o "\$1" = backup-ok ]; then
+ # do nothing by default
+ true
+else
+$sendmail \$SENDTO <<EOM
+Subject: \$SUBJECT (unknown)
+To: \$SENDTO
+
+
+The backup daemon on $CLIENTNAME reported an unknown error (\$1).
+
+==========================
+FILES MAY NOT BE BACKED UP
+==========================
+
+Please check the logs on $CLIENTNAME.
+
+EOM
+fi
+__EOF
+
+ if [ -x "`which ucf`" ]; then
+ ucf --three-way --debconf-ok $DEBCONFBB $BBCONF
+ fi
+ rm -f $DEBCONFBB
+ chmod 644 $BBCONF || true
+ chown root:root $BBCONF || true
+
+ if [ -x "`which ucf`" ]; then
+ ucf --three-way --debconf-ok $DEBCONFNOTIFY $NOTIFYSCRIPT
+ fi
+ rm -f $DEBCONFNOTIFY
+ chmod 755 $NOTIFYSCRIPT || true
+ chown root:root $NOTIFYSCRIPT || true
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure)
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+db_stop
+
+# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically
+# generated by other debhelper scripts.
+
+#DEBHELPER#
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.postrm b/debian/boxbackup-client.postrm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5272f93e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.postrm
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+set -e
+
+if [ "$1" = "purge" ]; then
+ for i in /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd/notifyadmin; do
+ if [ -e $i ]; then
+ rm -f $i
+ fi
+ if which ucf >/dev/null; then
+ ucf -p $i
+ fi
+ done
+fi
+
+#DEBHELPER#
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.service b/debian/boxbackup-client.service
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..609674e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.service
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+[Unit]
+Description=Box Backup Client
+ConditionPathExists=/etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf
+Wants=network.target
+After=network.target
+
+[Service]
+ExecStart=/usr/sbin/bbackupd -F -c /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf
+KillMode=process
+Restart=always
+
+[Install]
+WantedBy=multi-user.target
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-client.templates b/debian/boxbackup-client.templates
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf0d41c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-client.templates
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+# These templates have been reviewed by the debian-l10n-english
+# team
+#
+# If modifications/additions/rewording are needed, please ask
+# for an advice to debian-l10n-english@lists.debian.org
+#
+# Even minor modifications require translation updates and such
+# changes should be coordinated with translators and reviewers.
+
+Template: boxbackup-client/debconf
+Type: boolean
+Default: false
+_Description: Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?
+ The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files
+ for the BoxBackup client.
+ .
+ You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's
+ configuration options.
+ .
+ Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details
+ about the configuration of the BoxBackup client.
+
+Template: boxbackup-client/backupMode
+Type: select
+Choices: lazy, snapshot
+#flag:comment:3
+# Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+# these options are written as is in the software documentation
+_Description: Run mode for the BoxBackup client:
+ The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:
+ .
+ In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system
+ searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a
+ specified age to the backup server.
+ .
+ In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular intervals.
+ A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the
+ package and should be adapted to suit your needs.
+
+Template: boxbackup-client/accountNumber
+Type: string
+_Description: Account number for this node on the backup server:
+ The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client
+ a hexadecimal account number.
+ .
+ If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and
+ configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root.
+
+Template: boxbackup-client/incorrectAccountNumber
+Type: error
+_Description: Invalid account number
+ The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500).
+
+Template: boxbackup-client/backupServer
+Type: string
+_Description: Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:
+ Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which
+ your client will use.
+ .
+ The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201.
+
+Template: boxbackup-client/backupDirs
+Type: string
+_Description: List of directories to backup:
+ Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto
+ the remote server.
+ .
+ Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level
+ in their subdirectories.
+
+Template: boxbackup-client/incorrectDirectories
+Type: error
+_Description: Invalid path name
+ The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated
+ by spaces.
+ .
+ For example: /home/myaccount /etc/
+
+Template: boxbackup-client/UpdateStoreInterval
+Type: string
+Default: 3600
+_Description: Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:
+ BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified
+ files.
+ .
+ Please choose the scan interval in seconds.
+
+Template: boxbackup-client/MinimumFileAge
+Type: string
+Default: 21600
+_Description: Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:
+ A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its
+ last modification.
+ .
+ Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more
+ revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier.
+
+Template: boxbackup-client/MaxUploadWait
+Type: string
+Default: 86400
+_Description: Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:
+ Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they
+ never reach the minimum wait time.
+ .
+ Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified
+ file to the server is enforced.
+
+Template: boxbackup-client/IncorrectNumber
+Type: error
+_Description: Invalid time entered
+ Please enter an integer value greater null.
+
+Template: boxbackup-client/notifyMail
+Type: string
+Default: root
+_Description: Recipient for alert notifications:
+ The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs
+ during the backup.
+ .
+ Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email
+ address (for example 'admin@example.org').
+
+Template: boxbackup-client/generateCertificate
+Type: boolean
+Default: true
+_Description: Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?
+ The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509
+ certificate to authenticate itself with the server.
+ .
+ Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the
+ certificate request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will
+ sign it and send it back to you along with the server's Certification
+ Authority certificate.
+ .
+ These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration
+ directory. The file names to use are given in the
+ /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file.
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.config b/debian/boxbackup-server.config
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d9c07299
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.config
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+#!/bin/bash -e
+
+# Source debconf library
+. /usr/share/debconf/confmodule
+
+# This conf script is capable of backing up
+#db_version 2.0
+#db_capb backup
+
+#db_metaget debconf/priority value
+#CONFPRIO=$RET
+
+# Handle with debconf or not?
+db_input medium boxbackup-server/debconf || true
+db_go
+db_get boxbackup-server/debconf
+if [ "$RET" = "false" ]; then
+ exit 0
+fi
+
+# RAID directories
+db_get boxbackup-server/raidDirectories
+OLDRAIDDIR=$RET
+RAIDOK=0
+while [ $RAIDOK = 0 ]; do
+ db_input critical boxbackup-server/raidDirectories || true
+ db_go
+
+ db_get boxbackup-server/raidDirectories
+
+ DIR1=`echo "$RET" | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+ DIR2=`echo "$RET" | awk '{ print $2 }'`
+ DIR3=`echo "$RET" | awk '{ print $3 }'`
+
+ if [ -n "$DIR1" ]; then
+ if [ -z "$DIR2" -o -z "$DIR3" ]; then
+ DIR2="$DIR1"
+ DIR3="$DIR1"
+ fi
+
+ PATHOK=1
+ for i in "$DIR1" "$DIR2" "$DIR3"; do
+ if [ `echo $i | awk '{ if (/^\/[A-Za-z0-9\.\-_]+\/?([A-Za-z0-9\.\-_]+\/?)*$/) { print 1 } else { print 0 } }'` = 0 ]; then
+ PATHOK=0
+ fi
+ done
+
+ if [ $PATHOK = 1 ]; then
+ RAIDOK=1;
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if [ $RAIDOK = 0 ]; then
+ db_input critical boxbackup-server/incorrectDirectories || true
+ db_go
+ fi
+done
+
+# RAID block size
+# Try to figure out the block size of the first partition given
+db_get boxbackup-server/raidDirectories
+if [ "$OLDRAIDDIR" != "$RET" ]; then # Directories have been changed so we can try to guess the block size
+ TMPDIR=`echo "$DIR1" | sed 's/\/$//'`
+
+ while [ "$TMPDIR" != "" ]; do
+ DEV=`df -P | grep "$TMPDIR$" | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+
+ if [ -z "$DEV" ]; then
+ TMPDIR=`echo "$TMPDIR" | sed 's/\/[^\/]*$//'`
+ else
+ TMPDIR=""
+ fi
+ done
+
+ if [ "$DEV" != "" ]; then
+ TUNE2FS="$(command -v tune2fs)"
+ if [ -x "${TUNE2FS}" ]; then
+ BS=`${TUNE2FS} -l $DEV 2>/dev/null | grep 'Block size' | awk '{print $3 }'`
+
+ if [ $? = 0 -a "$BS" != "" ]; then
+ db_set boxbackup-server/raidBlockSize "$BS"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+fi
+
+BSOK=0
+while [ $BSOK = 0 ]; do
+ db_input critical boxbackup-server/raidBlockSize || true
+ db_go
+
+ db_get boxbackup-server/raidBlockSize
+
+ if [ `echo $RET | awk '{ if (/^[0-9]+$/) { print 1 } else { print 0 } }'` = 1 ]; then
+ if [ `echo $RET | awk '{ bs=sqrt($1); if (bs ~ /^[0-9]+$/) { print 1 } else { print 0 } }'` = 1 ]; then
+ BSOK=1
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if [ "$BSOK" = 0 ]; then
+ db_input critical boxbackup-server/incorrectBlocksize || true
+ db_go
+ fi
+done
+
+# x509 and private key
+db_input medium boxbackup-server/generateCertificate || true
+db_go
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.dirs b/debian/boxbackup-server.dirs
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a6c52ea6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.dirs
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+usr/sbin
+etc/boxbackup
+etc/boxbackup/bbstored
+etc/logcheck/ignore.d.workstation
+etc/logcheck/ignore.d.server
+
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.docs b/debian/boxbackup-server.docs
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ccd1de71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.docs
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+BUGS.txt
+distribution/boxbackup/LINUX.txt
+distribution/boxbackup/THANKS.txt
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.init b/debian/boxbackup-server.init
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..027edc41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.init
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+#
+### BEGIN INIT INFO
+# Provides: boxbackup-server
+# Required-Start: $syslog $remote_fs $network
+# Required-Stop: $syslog $remote_fs $network
+# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5
+# Default-Stop: 0 1 6
+# Short-Description: boxbackup server
+# Description: Init script to start and stop the boxbackup server
+### END INIT INFO
+
+. /lib/lsb/init-functions
+
+PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
+DAEMON=/usr/sbin/bbstored
+NAME=bbstored
+DESC=boxbackup-server
+CONF=/etc/boxbackup/bbstored.conf
+
+test -f $DAEMON || exit 0
+
+test -f $CONF || exit 0
+
+PIDFILE=`grep 'PidFile' $CONF | sed 's/[[:space:]]*PidFile[[:space:]]*=[[:space:]]*\(\/[A-Za-z0-9/]*\)/\1/'`
+CERTFILE=`grep 'CertificateFile' $CONF | sed 's/[[:space:]]*CertificateFile[[:space:]]*=[[:space:]]*\(\/[A-Za-z0-9/]*\)/\1/'`
+
+[ -z $PIDFILE ] && PIDFILE="/var/run/bbstored.pid"
+
+# Don't start if certificate file is not present
+[ ! -e $CERTFILE ] && exit 0
+
+set -e
+
+case "$1" in
+ start)
+ echo -n "Starting $DESC: "
+ start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --pidfile $PIDFILE \
+ --exec $DAEMON -- $CONF
+ echo "$NAME."
+ ;;
+ stop)
+ echo -n "Stopping $DESC: "
+ start-stop-daemon --oknodo --stop --quiet --pidfile $PIDFILE \
+ --exec $DAEMON
+ echo "$NAME."
+ ;;
+ #reload)
+ #
+ # If the daemon can reload its config files on the fly
+ # for example by sending it SIGHUP, do it here.
+ #
+ # If the daemon responds to changes in its config file
+ # directly anyway, make this a do-nothing entry.
+ #
+ # echo "Reloading $DESC configuration files."
+ # start-stop-daemon --stop --signal 1 --quiet --pidfile \
+ # /var/run/$NAME.pid --exec $DAEMON
+ #;;
+ restart|force-reload)
+ #
+ # If the "reload" option is implemented, move the "force-reload"
+ # option to the "reload" entry above. If not, "force-reload" is
+ # just the same as "restart".
+ #
+ echo -n "Restarting $DESC: "
+ start-stop-daemon --oknodo --stop --quiet --pidfile \
+ $PIDFILE --exec $DAEMON
+ sleep 1
+ start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --pidfile \
+ $PIDFILE --exec $DAEMON -- $CONF
+ echo "$NAME."
+ ;;
+ *)
+ N=/etc/init.d/$NAME
+ # echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload}" >&2
+ echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|force-reload}" >&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.install b/debian/boxbackup-server.install
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..24809064
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.install
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+debian/tmp/etc/logcheck/ignore.d.server/boxbackup-server /etc/logcheck/ignore.d.server
+debian/tmp/etc/logcheck/ignore.d.workstation/boxbackup-server /etc/logcheck/ignore.d.workstation
+parcels/boxbackup-*-backup-server-*-gnu*/bbstoreaccounts /usr/sbin/
+parcels/boxbackup-*-backup-server-*-gnu*/bbstored /usr/sbin/
+parcels/boxbackup-*-backup-server-*-gnu*/bbstored-certs /usr/bin/
+parcels/boxbackup-*-backup-server-*-gnu*/bbstored-config /usr/sbin/
+parcels/boxbackup-*-backup-server-*-gnu*/raidfile-config /usr/sbin/
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.logcheck.ignore b/debian/boxbackup-server.logcheck.ignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c19b43db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.logcheck.ignore
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+bbstored/hk\[.*\]: Starting housekeeping
+bbstored/hk\[.*\]: Finished housekeeping
+bbstored/hk\[.*\]: Housekeeping process started
+bbstored\[.*\]: Starting daemon
+bbstored\[.*\]: Terminating daemon
+bbstored\[.*\]: Incoming connection from.*port.*\(handling in child.*\)
+bbstored\[.*\]: Certificate CN:
+bbstored\[.*\]: Login: Client ID
+bbstored\[.*\]: Session finished
+
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.manpages b/debian/boxbackup-server.manpages
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..09a62b31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.manpages
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+docs/man/bbstoreaccounts.8.gz
+docs/man/bbstored-certs.8.gz
+docs/man/bbstored.conf.5.gz
+docs/man/bbstored-config.8.gz
+docs/man/bbstored.8.gz
+docs/man/raidfile-config.8.gz
+docs/man/raidfile.conf.5.gz
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.postinst b/debian/boxbackup-server.postinst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1b19de97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.postinst
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# postinst script for boxbackup-server
+#
+# see: dh_installdeb(1)
+
+set -e
+
+# summary of how this script can be called:
+# * <postinst> `configure' <most-recently-configured-version>
+# * <old-postinst> `abort-upgrade' <new version>
+# * <conflictor's-postinst> `abort-remove' `in-favour' <package>
+# <new-version>
+# * <deconfigured's-postinst> `abort-deconfigure' `in-favour'
+# <failed-install-package> <version> `removing'
+# <conflicting-package> <version>
+# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or
+# the debian-policy package
+#
+# quoting from the policy:
+# Any necessary prompting should almost always be confined to the
+# post-installation script, and should be protected with a conditional
+# so that unnecessary prompting doesn't happen if a package's
+# installation fails and the `postinst' is called with `abort-upgrade',
+# `abort-remove' or `abort-deconfigure'.
+
+#loading debconf module
+. /usr/share/debconf/confmodule
+
+CONFDIR=/etc/boxbackup
+DEBCONFRAID=$CONFDIR/raidfile.debconf
+DEBCONFBB=$CONFDIR/bbstored.debconf
+RAIDCONF=$CONFDIR/raidfile.conf
+BBCONF=$CONFDIR/bbstored.conf
+BBACCOUNTS=$CONFDIR/bbstored/boxbackup-server-accounts.txt
+BBUSER=bbstored
+BBPRIVKEY=$CONFDIR/bbstored/boxbackup-server-key.pem
+BBCERTREQ=$CONFDIR/bbstored/boxbackup-server-cert-req.pem
+BBCERT=$CONFDIR/bbstored/boxbackup-server-cert.pem
+BBCACERT=$CONFDIR/bbstored/boxbackup-client-ca-cert.pem
+
+case "$1" in
+ configure)
+
+ # Set up the bbstored user
+ if [ -z "`getent passwd $BBUSER`" ]; then
+ echo "Creating $BBUSER user." >&2
+ adduser --system --no-create-home \
+ --disabled-password --disabled-login \
+ --shell /bin/false --group --home /var $BBUSER
+ else
+ echo "User $BBUSER already exists." >&2
+ fi
+
+ db_get boxbackup-server/debconf
+ if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then
+ # Generate configuration files
+ # raidfile.conf
+ echo "#To reconfigure boxbackup-server run #dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-server" >> $DEBCONFRAID
+
+ echo "disc0" >> $DEBCONFRAID
+ echo "{" >> $DEBCONFRAID
+ echo " SetNumber = 0" >> $DEBCONFRAID
+
+ db_get boxbackup-server/raidBlockSize
+ echo " BlockSize = $RET" >> $DEBCONFRAID
+
+ db_get boxbackup-server/raidDirectories
+
+ DIR1=`echo "$RET" | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+ DIR2=`echo "$RET" | awk '{ print $2 }'`
+ DIR3=`echo "$RET" | awk '{ print $3 }'`
+
+ if [ -n $DIR1 ]; then
+ if [ -z "$DIR2" -o -z "$DIR3" ]; then
+ DIR2=$DIR1
+ DIR3=$DIR1
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ echo " Dir0 = $DIR1" >> $DEBCONFRAID
+ echo " Dir1 = $DIR2" >> $DEBCONFRAID
+ echo " Dir2 = $DIR3" >> $DEBCONFRAID
+
+ echo "}" >> $DEBCONFRAID
+
+ # Handle backup directories creation/permissions
+ for dir in "$DIR1" "$DIR2" "$DIR3"; do
+ if [ -d "$dir/backup" ]; then
+ # need stat package on Woody
+ #if (`stat -c %U $dir/backup` != $BBUSER); then
+ if [ `ls -ld $dir/backup | awk '{ print $3 }'` != "$BBUSER" ]; then
+ echo "Incorrect owner of backup directory. Changing it to $BBUSER..." >&2
+ chown $BBUSER:$BBUSER $dir/backup
+ fi
+
+ #if [ `stat -c %a $dir/backup` != "700" ]; then
+ if [ `ls -ld $dir/backup | awk '{ print $1 }'` != "drwx------" ]; then
+ chmod 700 $dir/backup
+ fi
+ else
+ echo "Creating $dir/backup directory..." >&2
+ mkdir -p $dir/backup
+ chown $BBUSER:$BBUSER $dir/backup
+ chmod 700 $dir/backup
+ fi
+ done
+
+ if ! dpkg-statoverride --list $CONFDIR/bbstored > /dev/null; then
+ dpkg-statoverride --update --add $BBUSER $BBUSER 700 $CONFDIR/bbstored
+ fi
+
+ # Accounts file
+ if [ ! -e $BBACCOUNTS ]; then
+ touch $BBACCOUNTS
+ fi
+
+ #if [ `stat -c %U $BBACCOUNTS` != $BBUSER ]; then
+ if [ `ls -ld $BBACCOUNTS | awk '{ print $3 }'` != "$BBUSER" ]; then
+ chown $BBUSER:$BBUSER $BBACCOUNTS
+ fi
+
+ #if [ `stat -c %a $BBACCOUNTS` != "600" ]; then
+ if [ `ls -ld $BBACCOUNTS | awk '{ print $1 }'` != "drw-------" ]; then
+ chmod 600 $BBACCOUNTS
+ fi
+
+ SERVNAME=`hostname --fqdn`
+
+ # SSL stuff
+ if [ ! -e $BBPRIVKEY -a ! -e $BBCERT ]; then
+ db_get boxbackup-server/generateCertificate
+
+ if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then
+ if ! openssl genrsa -out $BBPRIVKEY 2048 >&2; then
+ echo "Private key generation failed! Check why." >&2
+ else
+ chown $BBUSER: $BBPRIVKEY
+ chmod 600 $BBPRIVKEY || true
+ fi
+
+ if ! openssl req -new -key $BBPRIVKEY -sha1 -out $BBCERTREQ >&2 <<EOF
+.
+.
+.
+.
+.
+$SERVNAME
+.
+.
+.
+EOF
+ then
+ echo "Certificate request generation failed ! Check why." >&2
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # Generate bbstored.conf
+ echo "#To reconfigure boxbackup-server run #dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-server" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "RaidFileConf = $RAIDCONF" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "AccountDatabase = $BBACCOUNTS" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "# Uncomment this line to see exactly what commands are being received from clients." >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "# ExtendedLogging = yes" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "# scan all accounts for files which need deleting every 15 minutes." >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "TimeBetweenHousekeeping = 900" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "Server" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "{" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo " PidFile = /var/run/bbstored.pid" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo " User = bbstored" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo " ListenAddresses = inet:$SERVNAME" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo " CertificateFile = $BBCERT" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo " PrivateKeyFile = $BBPRIVKEY" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo " TrustedCAsFile = $BBCACERT" >> $DEBCONFBB
+ echo "}" >> $DEBCONFBB
+
+ if [ -x "`which ucf`" ]; then
+ ucf --three-way --debconf-ok $DEBCONFRAID $RAIDCONF
+ fi
+ rm -f $DEBCONFRAID
+ chmod 644 $RAIDCONF || true
+ chown root:root $RAIDCONF || true
+
+ if [ -x "`which ucf`" ]; then
+ ucf --three-way --debconf-ok $DEBCONFBB $BBCONF
+ fi
+ rm -f $DEBCONFBB
+ chmod 644 $BBCONF || true
+ chown root:root $BBCONF || true
+ fi
+ db_stop
+ ;;
+
+ abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure)
+ db_stop
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
+ db_stop
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically
+# generated by other debhelper scripts.
+
+#DEBHELPER#
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.postrm b/debian/boxbackup-server.postrm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7e6ac797
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.postrm
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+set -e
+
+if [ "$1" = "purge" ]; then
+ for i in /etc/boxbackup/raidfile.conf /etc/boxbackup/bbstored.conf; do
+ if [ -e $i ]; then
+ rm -f $i
+ fi
+ if which ucf >/dev/null; then
+ ucf -p $i
+ fi
+ done
+
+ dpkg-statoverride --remove /etc/boxbackup/bbstored || true
+
+ if which deluser >/dev/null; then
+ getent passwd bbstored >/dev/null && deluser bbstored
+ getent group bbstored >/dev/null && delgroup bbstored
+ fi
+fi
+
+#DEBHELPER#
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.service b/debian/boxbackup-server.service
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a491ddaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.service
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+[Unit]
+Description=Box Backup Server
+ConditionPathExists=/etc/boxbackup/bbstored.conf
+Wants=network.target
+After=network.target
+
+[Service]
+ExecStart=/usr/sbin/bbstored -F -c /etc/boxbackup/bbstored.conf
+KillMode=process
+Restart=always
+
+[Install]
+WantedBy=multi-user.target
diff --git a/debian/boxbackup-server.templates b/debian/boxbackup-server.templates
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c6016e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/boxbackup-server.templates
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# These templates have been reviewed by the debian-l10n-english
+# team
+#
+# If modifications/additions/rewording are needed, please ask
+# for an advice to debian-l10n-english@lists.debian.org
+#
+# Even minor modifications require translation updates and such
+# changes should be coordinated with translators and reviewers.
+
+Template: boxbackup-server/debconf
+Type: boolean
+Default: false
+_Description: Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?
+ The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files
+ for the BoxBackup server.
+ .
+ You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's
+ configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the
+ 'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts.
+ .
+ The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases,
+ reading the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is
+ recommended.
+
+Template: boxbackup-server/raidDirectories
+Type: string
+_Description: Location of the RAID directories:
+ Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories.
+ .
+ To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of
+ three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example:
+ '/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2').
+ .
+ If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory
+ where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup).
+ .
+ These directories will be created if they do not exist.
+
+Template: boxbackup-server/incorrectDirectories
+Type: error
+_Description: Invalid path names
+ The path names to the directories must be absolute path names,
+ separated by spaces.
+ .
+ For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2
+
+Template: boxbackup-server/raidBlockSize
+Type: string
+Default: 4096
+_Description: Block size for the userland RAID system:
+ BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques.
+ .
+ Please choose the block size to use for the storage.
+ For maximum efficiency, you should choose the block size of the underlying
+ file system (which can be displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l'
+ command).
+ .
+ This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID.
+
+Template: boxbackup-server/generateCertificate
+Type: boolean
+Default: true
+_Description: Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?
+ The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509
+ certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication
+ encryption.
+ .
+ Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the
+ certificate with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and
+ put this signed certificate and the root CA certificate in the
+ configuration folder.
+
+Template: boxbackup-server/incorrectBlocksize
+Type: error
+_Description: Invalid block size
+ The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096).
+
diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4ff829f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+boxbackup (0.13~~git20180819.g2f5b556-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+ * New upstream pre-release
+ * debian/watch: Track commits on master from github.com
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Sun, 10 Mar 2019 14:11:33 -0400
+
+boxbackup (0.13~~git20180313.g16a11e86-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+ * New upstream pre-release (requested by upstream)
+ * Fixes test failures on i386 (closes: #890997)
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Wed, 14 Mar 2018 08:19:09 -0400
+
+boxbackup (0.13~~git20180303.g6178fd34-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+ * New upstream pre-release (requested by upstream)
+ * Compile against libssl 1.1 (again) (Closes: #870775)
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Sat, 03 Mar 2018 14:08:09 -0500
+
+boxbackup (0.13~~git20180102.g6d7e9562-2) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+ * Revert to libssl 1.1 on upstream's request. This will be reverted as
+ soon as the issues caused by openssl 1.1 are addressed. Until then,
+ this Reopens: #870775.
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Wed, 28 Feb 2018 08:31:56 -0500
+
+boxbackup (0.13~~git20180102.g6d7e9562-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+ [ Andreas Henriksson ]
+ * QA upload.
+ * debian/boxbackup-server.config: Fix quoting of variables primarily
+ fixing the logic that handles when tune2fs is not available.
+ * Have boxbackup-server package Recommend e2fsprogs since the
+ package configuration (optionally) uses tune2fs in some cases.
+ (Closes: #887274)
+
+ [ Reinhard Tartler ]
+ * New upstream pre-release (requested by upstream)
+ * Migrate to libssl 1.1 (Closes: #870775)
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Tue, 20 Feb 2018 21:53:32 -0500
+
+boxbackup (0.12~gitcf52058f-3) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+ * QA upload.
+ * Run the testsuite on amd64 and i386 only (Closes: #866372)
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Fri, 30 Jun 2017 15:01:19 -0400
+
+boxbackup (0.12~gitcf52058f-2) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+ * Fix FTBFS on signed arch architectures (Closes: #865092)
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Tue, 20 Jun 2017 22:23:07 -0400
+
+boxbackup (0.12~gitcf52058f-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+ * QA upload.
+ * Honor test failures during build (Closes: #744266)
+ * New upstream release: 0.12 (Closes: #744911)
+ - has openssl 1.1 support (Closes: #851092)
+ * Update the notifyadmin.sh script (Closes: #483928)
+ * Add systemd unit files.
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Sat, 17 Jun 2017 17:54:09 -0400
+
+boxbackup (0.11.1~r2837-4) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+ * QA upload.
+ * Check for ucf and deluser availability before calling them during postrm
+ purge. (Closes: #688373, #667535)
+ * Add Italian (it) debconf translations by Beatrice Torracca.
+ (Closes: #658724)
+ * Add Dutch (nl) debconf translations by Frans Spiesschaert.
+ (Closes: #766532)
+ * Build with dh_autotools-dev_*.
+ * Switch to source format 3.0 (quilt).
+
+ -- Andreas Beckmann <anbe@debian.org> Sun, 22 Jan 2017 03:29:52 +0100
+
+boxbackup (0.11.1~r2837-3) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+ * QA upload.
+ * Build with openssl 1.0. Thanks to Adrian Bunk. (Closes: #828253)
+ * Bump Standards-Version to 3.9.8.
+
+ -- Chris Lamb <lamby@debian.org> Sat, 12 Nov 2016 14:15:06 +0000
+
+boxbackup (0.11.1~r2837-2) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+ * Ensure that LWP/UserAgent.pm is available (Closes: #816517)
+ * Orphaning package, cf. #817078
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Mon, 07 Mar 2016 20:19:45 -0500
+
+boxbackup (0.11.1~r2837-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * New upstream release.
+ - Bug fix: "Handling of "get" command broken due to bug in
+ temp file name creation.", thanks to Matto Marjanovic
+ (Closes: #606559).
+ * Bug fix: "[INTL:pt_BR] Brazilian Portuguese debconf templates
+ translation", thanks to Adriano Rafael Gomes (Closes: #610416).
+ * Bug fix: "[INTL:da] Fix Danish translation of the debconf templates
+ BoxBackup", thanks to Joe Dalton (Closes: #619303).
+ * Bug fix: "Documentation errors regarding bbstored-certs", thanks to
+ Clint Adams (Closes: #601882).
+ * Build in verbose mode.
+ * Bump standards version to 3.9.2, no changes needed.
+ * Normalize fields in debian/control with wrap-and-sort(1).
+ * implement build-arch and build-indep targets
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Fri, 28 Oct 2011 01:53:48 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc8~r2714-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * New upstream release.
+ * New Upstream fixes Bug: "boxbackup-client complains about
+ /home/*/.gvfs", thanks for reporting to Sune Mølgaard.
+ Closes: #593401, LP: #496334
+ * Enhancement: "Please use newer bdb", thanks to Clint Adams
+ Closes: #548475
+ * bin/bbstored/bbstored-certs: reduce root CA expiration date to avoid
+ Y2k38 overflow. Thanks to Clint Adams <schizo@debian.org> for
+ reporting it. Closes: #601506, LP: #641112
+ * By default, do not manage boxbackup-client configuration via debconf
+ * Allow dpkg-reconfigure to work even when the debconf level is set to
+ 'high'.
+ * Various debconf severity fixes in boxbackup-*.conf
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Tue, 09 Nov 2010 18:14:58 +0100
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc3~r2502-4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * use more globs in install paths to avoid failures on kFreeBSD
+ * Bump standards version, no changes needed
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Wed, 13 Oct 2010 20:51:39 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc3~r2502-3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Update Vitnamese debconf translations. Closes: #598581
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Tue, 12 Oct 2010 10:50:37 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc3~r2502-2.1ubuntu1) maverick; urgency=low
+
+ * fix install paths for armel (LP: #616461)
+
+ -- David Sugar <david.sugar@canonical.com> Mon, 16 Aug 2010 23:49:22 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc3~r2502-2.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Non-maintainer upload.
+ * No longer hardcode path to tune2fs in config script
+ * Fix pending l10n issues. Debconf translations:
+ - Spanish (Omar Campagne). Closes: #537589
+ - Japanese (Hideki Yamane (Debian-JP)). Closes: #558074
+ - Danish (Joe Hansen). Closes: #582174
+
+ -- Christian Perrier <bubulle@debian.org> Mon, 24 May 2010 09:33:23 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc3~r2502-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Bug fix: "tries to contact a server build-time", thanks to
+ Riku Voipio for reporting. Fix based on a patch contributed
+ by peter green, thanks as well! (Closes: #525277).
+ * Bug fix: "missing #include", thanks to Martin Michlmayr
+ (Closes: #526152, LP: #371809)
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Tue, 05 May 2009 07:42:40 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc3~r2502-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * New upstream release, built from svn revision 2502.
+ - silently ignores sockets and named pipes (Closes: #479145)
+ - syslog facility is now configurable (Closes: #521283)
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Thu, 02 Apr 2009 13:58:17 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc2+r2072-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * New upstream release. (Closes: #503942)
+ * no longer use the upstream tarballs, but create them with the script
+ debian/get-orig-source.sh to create the orig.tar.gz. See README.Debian
+ for a rationale of this step.
+ * Therefore, run autoconf on the buildds.
+ * always use config.sub/config.guess from the autotools-dev package
+ * Fake a "VERSION.txt" instead of letting the build system try to figure
+ out the svn version by itself (which would fail)
+ * no longer include patches to the upstream source inline. This doesn't
+ work out too well with bzr. Port all patches to quilt instead.
+ * factor out distribution independent cleaning rules to a new shell script
+ called debian/clean.sh.
+ * make debian/NEWS actually parsable by dpkg-parsechangelog. This should
+ make apt-parsechangelog work.
+ * Update debian specific documentation to new URL: http://boxbackup.org
+ * Don't install the files DOCUMENTATION.txt and CONTACT.txt. Both contain
+ just (outdated) contact addresses and URLs. (Closes: #503659)
+ * add translation for swedish debconf messages. Translation provided by
+ Martin Bagge <brother@bsnet.se>. (Closes: #513776)
+ * adjust configure.ac to only AC_SUBST single variables instead of 3 in
+ a row. Fixes FTBFS on sid, found at http://bugs.gentoo.org/205558
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Tue, 31 Mar 2009 15:58:23 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc2-6) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Fix shell scripting in the debconf interaction code of the package's
+ postinst script. This should prevent problems like LP: #222999
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Wed, 11 Feb 2009 08:55:05 +0100
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc2-5) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Bugfix: "Please build-depend on docbook-xml". Thanks to Luca Falavigna
+ <dktrkranz@ubuntu.com> for reporting. Closes: #507973
+ * Add missing #includes in lib/common/Logging.cpp and
+ lib/common/DebugMemLeakFinder.cpp. Also use malloc, free, etc from the
+ namespace std:: instead of the global namespace in several other files
+ Closes: #505696, #512510
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Thu, 22 Jan 2009 08:26:24 +0100
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc2-4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * add a note to documentation about adjusted syslog facility.
+ * build and install the administrator guide and the installation guide.
+ * By default do not configure boxbackup. Most users of this package need
+ to know what the postinst/configure scripts are doing anyway, and this
+ avoids piuparts to fail here. Closes: #502742, #502461
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Thu, 23 Oct 2008 20:25:10 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc2-3.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Non-maintainer upload to fix pending l10n issues.
+ * Debconf translations:
+ - German. Closes: #477719
+ - French. Closes: #478557
+ - Portuguese. Closes: #483869
+ - Czech. Closes: #483981
+ - Galician. Closes: #483857
+ - Finnish. Closes: #484353
+ - Basque. Closes: #484563
+ - Russian. Closes: #484829
+
+ -- Christian Perrier <bubulle@debian.org> Tue, 20 May 2008 07:54:18 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc2-3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * fix another miss '#include <string.h>' to fix compilation with g++-4.3.
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Wed, 23 Apr 2008 13:10:17 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc2-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * merge forgotten changes from the unstable Branch. (sorry to the
+ translators for the confusion).
+ * The previous upload forgot to change some references to the default
+ configuration directory from /etc/box -> /etc/boxbackup. Now rectified.
+ * add an '#include <string.h>' in ./lib/common/Logging.cpp. Should fix
+ build failiures on mips, powerpc and sparc.
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Mon, 21 Apr 2008 13:41:18 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc2-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * new upstream release.
+ * update watch file.
+ * bump standards version to 3.7.3 (No changes needed)
+ * update frensh debconf template translations. Thanks to
+ Christian Perrier (Closes: #476090)
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Sun, 20 Apr 2008 14:01:27 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.11~rc1-1) experimental; urgency=low
+
+ * New upstream release.
+ - should fix builds on kFreeBSD architectures: (Closes: #440156).
+ - build against libbd4.6 instead of libdb4.3. (Closes: #442640).
+ - the config file template has been updated to be more specific for
+ the AlwaysIncludeFile Option (Closes: #435860).
+ * remove all generated files in clean target of debian/rules. Allows
+ package to build twice in a row (Closes: #442515).
+ * Install file ExceptionCodes.txt to documentation directories. The file
+ contains a list of Error codes found in logfiles.
+ * Simplify debian/rules by removing code to build arch-independent
+ packages. There are none.
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Sun, 20 Jan 2008 19:09:59 +0100
+
+boxbackup (0.10+really0.10-2) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+ * raise urgency because of RC bug!
+ * use rather 'nocheck' instead of 'notest'. Thanks to Michael Banck
+ <mbanck@debian.org> for notifying me about this.
+ * Ack NMUs. Thanks Amaya for handling these! (Closes: #470060, #467628).
+ * Merge Ubuntu changes, fixing installations without tty. (Closes: #474587).
+ * build against libdb4.6 (Closes: #442640)
+ * don't ignores errors on clean. Thanks lintian.
+ * update Standards Version to 3.7.3, no changes needed.
+ * clarify debconf question "boxbackup-client/IncorrectNumber" (Closes: #467635).
+ * clarify debconf question "boxbackup-server/raidBlockSize" (Closes: #467636).
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Sun, 13 Apr 2008 11:38:01 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.10+really0.10-1.2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Non-maintainer upload.
+ * Fix FTBFS introduced by my previous NMU. Apply patch from Cyril Brulebois
+ (Closes: #454862).
+ * Added debian debconf translation by Kai Wasserbäch (Closes: #467628).
+
+ -- Amaya Rodrigo Sastre <amaya@debian.org> Sat, 05 Apr 2008 12:37:16 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.10+really0.10-1.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Non-maintainer upload.
+ * iFix LSB header in init.d script (Closes: #470060).
+
+ -- Amaya Rodrigo Sastre <amaya@debian.org> Mon, 31 Mar 2008 18:43:40 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.10+really0.10-1ubuntu3) hardy; urgency=low
+
+ * Don't redirect ucf calls. This was forgotten in the previous upload,
+ but should have been there.
+
+ -- Tollef Fog Heen <tfheen@ubuntu.com> Thu, 06 Mar 2008 07:17:35 +0100
+
+boxbackup (0.10+really0.10-1ubuntu2) hardy; urgency=low
+
+ * Fix up postinst so we don't call db_stop too early, and use
+ --debconf-ok to ucf. (No versioned dependency since even oldstable
+ has a new enough ucf.) Use db_stop near the end to make sure we don't
+ hang after starting the daemon though.
+
+ -- Tollef Fog Heen <tfheen@ubuntu.com> Wed, 05 Mar 2008 22:33:57 +0100
+
+boxbackup (0.10+really0.10-1ubuntu1) hardy; urgency=low
+
+ * Rebuild for libdb4.3 -> libdb4.6 migration.
+ * Set MOTU to maintainer.
+
+ -- Chuck Short <zulcss@ubuntu.com> Mon, 03 Mar 2008 12:37:35 -0500
+
+boxbackup (0.10+really0.10-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * revert new upstream accidentally slipped into unstable.
+ * big apologies that I now need to upload this package earlier than
+ promised to the boxbackup translators :(
+ * add watchfile
+ * Bug fix: "boxbackup-server recommends boxbackup-utils (unavailable)",
+ thanks to Pelayo Gonzalez (Closes: #424992).
+ * Apply new debconf templates and debian/control review. Thanks to
+ Christan Perrier! (Closes: #429396)
+ * Bug fix: "boxbackup: French debconf templates translation", thanks to
+ Vincent Bernat (Closes: #430856).
+ * Bug fix: "[l10n] Czech translation of boxbackup debconf messages",
+ thanks to Miroslav Kure (Closes: #431463).
+ * Bug fix: "boxbackup: [INTL:vi] Vietnamese debconf templates
+ translation", thanks to Clytie Siddall (Closes: #430535).
+ * Bug fix: "depends on non-essential package ucf in postrm", thanks to
+ Michael Ablassmeier (Closes: #431518).
+ * Bug fix: "depends on non-essential package ucf in postrm", thanks to
+ Michael Ablassmeier (Closes: #431519).
+ * run testsuite on build, use 'notest' in $DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS to disable
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Tue, 03 Jul 2007 12:30:49 +0200
+
+boxbackup (0.10-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * upload to debian (Closes: #416605)
+ * Cleanups in debian/rules
+ * Apply patch from svn, commit #626, in order to fix FTBFS
+ see http://bbdev.fluffy.co.uk/trac/changeset/626
+ * Drop the boxbackup-utils package, since it only shipped one single
+ script, which is generally used for CA maintenance, so move it to the
+ to the boxbackup-server package
+ * Bump standards version to 3.7.2
+ * add missing manpages
+ * add README.Debian
+ * use debhelper 5
+ * cleanup the versioned dependencies in debian/control
+
+ [ Jérôme Schell ]
+
+ * New upstream version
+ * Add LSB headers in init script
+
+ -- Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de> Mon, 18 Jun 2007 15:35:55 +0100
+
+boxbackup (0.09-3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * Added man pages for bbackupd, bbackupd-config, bbackupctl, bbackupquery
+ * Improve lintian compatibility of the packages
+
+ -- Jérôme Schell <jerome@myreseau.org> Mon, 10 Oct 2005 14:16:20 +0200
diff --git a/debian/clean b/debian/clean
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f10520d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/clean
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+# generated using bzr status
+ExceptionCodes.txt
+Makefile
+aclocal.m4
+configure
+runtest.pl
+test-backupdiff.log
+test-backupstore.log
+test-backupstorefix.log
+test-backupstorepatch.log
+test-basicserver.log
+test-bbackupd.log
+test-common.log
+test-compress.log
+test-crypto.log
+test-httpserver.log
+test-raidfile.log
+bin/bbackupctl/Makefile
+bin/bbackupd/Makefile
+bin/bbackupd/autogen_ClientException.cpp
+bin/bbackupd/autogen_ClientException.h
+bin/bbackupd/bbackupd-config
+bin/bbackupobjdump/Makefile
+bin/bbackupquery/Makefile
+bin/bbackupquery/autogen_Documentation.cpp
+bin/bbackupquery/makedocumentation.pl
+bin/bbstoreaccounts/Makefile
+bin/bbstored/Makefile
+bin/bbstored/autogen_BackupProtocolServer.cpp
+bin/bbstored/autogen_BackupProtocolServer.h
+bin/bbstored/bbstored-certs
+bin/bbstored/bbstored-config
+bin/s3simulator/Makefile
+contrib/debian/bbackupd
+contrib/debian/bbstored
+contrib/mac_osx/org.boxbackup.bbackupd.plist
+contrib/mac_osx/org.boxbackup.bbstored.plist
+contrib/redhat/bbackupd
+contrib/redhat/bbstored
+contrib/solaris/bbackupd-manifest.xml
+contrib/solaris/bbackupd-smf-method
+contrib/solaris/bbstored-manifest.xml
+contrib/solaris/bbstored-smf-method
+contrib/suse/bbackupd
+contrib/suse/bbstored
+contrib/windows/installer/boxbackup.mpi
+docs/docbook/ExceptionCodes.xml
+docs/docbook/adminguide.pdf
+docs/docbook/instguide.pdf
+infrastructure/BoxPlatform.pm
+infrastructure/makebuildenv.pl
+infrastructure/makedistribution.pl
+infrastructure/makeparcels.pl
+lib/backupclient/Makefile
+lib/backupclient/autogen_BackupProtocolClient.cpp
+lib/backupclient/autogen_BackupProtocolClient.h
+lib/backupclient/autogen_BackupStoreException.cpp
+lib/backupclient/autogen_BackupStoreException.h
+lib/backupstore/Makefile
+lib/common/BoxConfig.h
+lib/common/BoxConfig.h.in
+lib/common/BoxPortsAndFiles.h
+lib/common/Makefile
+lib/common/autogen_CommonException.cpp
+lib/common/autogen_CommonException.h
+lib/common/autogen_ConversionException.cpp
+lib/common/autogen_ConversionException.h
+lib/common/makeexception.pl
+lib/compress/Makefile
+lib/compress/autogen_CompressException.cpp
+lib/compress/autogen_CompressException.h
+lib/crypto/Makefile
+lib/crypto/autogen_CipherException.cpp
+lib/crypto/autogen_CipherException.h
+lib/httpserver/Makefile
+lib/httpserver/autogen_HTTPException.cpp
+lib/httpserver/autogen_HTTPException.h
+lib/intercept/Makefile
+lib/raidfile/Makefile
+lib/raidfile/autogen_RaidFileException.cpp
+lib/raidfile/autogen_RaidFileException.h
+lib/raidfile/raidfile-config
+lib/server/Makefile
+lib/server/autogen_ConnectionException.cpp
+lib/server/autogen_ConnectionException.h
+lib/server/autogen_ServerException.cpp
+lib/server/autogen_ServerException.h
+lib/server/makeprotocol.pl
+lib/win32/Makefile
+test/backupdiff/Makefile
+test/backupdiff/_main.cpp
+test/backupdiff/_t
+test/backupdiff/_t-gdb
+test/backupstore/Makefile
+test/backupstore/_main.cpp
+test/backupstore/_t
+test/backupstore/_t-gdb
+test/backupstorefix/Makefile
+test/backupstorefix/_main.cpp
+test/backupstorefix/_t
+test/backupstorefix/_t-gdb
+test/backupstorefix/testfiles/testbackupstorefix.pl
+test/backupstorepatch/Makefile
+test/backupstorepatch/_main.cpp
+test/backupstorepatch/_t
+test/backupstorepatch/_t-gdb
+test/basicserver/Makefile
+test/basicserver/_main.cpp
+test/basicserver/_t
+test/basicserver/_t-gdb
+test/basicserver/autogen_TestProtocolClient.cpp
+test/basicserver/autogen_TestProtocolClient.h
+test/basicserver/autogen_TestProtocolServer.cpp
+test/basicserver/autogen_TestProtocolServer.h
+test/bbackupd/Makefile
+test/bbackupd/_main.cpp
+test/bbackupd/_t
+test/bbackupd/_t-gdb
+test/bbackupd/testfiles/bbackupd-exclude.conf
+test/bbackupd/testfiles/bbackupd-snapshot.conf
+test/bbackupd/testfiles/bbackupd-symlink.conf
+test/bbackupd/testfiles/bbackupd.conf
+test/bbackupd/testfiles/extcheck1.pl
+test/bbackupd/testfiles/extcheck2.pl
+test/bbackupd/testfiles/notifyscript.pl
+test/bbackupd/testfiles/syncallowscript.pl
+test/common/Makefile
+test/common/_main.cpp
+test/common/_t
+test/common/_t-gdb
+test/compress/Makefile
+test/compress/_main.cpp
+test/compress/_t
+test/compress/_t-gdb
+test/crypto/Makefile
+test/crypto/_main.cpp
+test/crypto/_t
+test/crypto/_t-gdb
+test/httpserver/Makefile
+test/httpserver/_main.cpp
+test/httpserver/_t
+test/httpserver/_t-gdb
+test/raidfile/Makefile
+test/raidfile/_main.cpp
+test/raidfile/_t
+test/raidfile/_t-gdb
diff --git a/debian/clean.sh b/debian/clean.sh
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..90a30513
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/clean.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+rm -rf debug/
+rm -rf local/
+rm -rf parcels/
+rm -rf release/
+rm -rf docs/htmlguide/
+rm -rf docs/man/
diff --git a/debian/compat b/debian/compat
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f599e28b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/compat
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+10
diff --git a/debian/control b/debian/control
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7c840360
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/control
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+Source: boxbackup
+Section: utils
+Priority: optional
+Maintainer: Debian QA Group <packages@qa.debian.org>
+Build-Depends:
+ autoconf,
+ automake,
+ debhelper (>> 10),
+ docbook-utils,
+ docbook-xml,
+ docbook-xsl,
+ libdb-dev (>= 4.7),
+ libedit-dev,
+ libssl-dev,
+ libtest-lwp-useragent-perl,
+ xsltproc,
+ zlib1g-dev
+Standards-Version: 3.9.8
+Homepage: http://boxbackup.org
+Vcs-Git: https://salsa.debian.org/debian/boxbackup.git
+Vcs-Browser: https://salsa.debian.org/debian/boxbackup
+
+Package: boxbackup-server
+Architecture: any
+Depends:
+ adduser,
+ debconf | debconf-2.0,
+ gawk,
+ lsb-base (>= 3.0-6),
+ openssl,
+ perl,
+ ucf,
+ ${misc:Depends},
+ ${shlibs:Depends}
+Recommends: e2fsprogs
+Description: server for the BoxBackup remote backup system
+ BoxBackup is an automatic on-line backup system.
+ The server waits for connections from remote clients,
+ authenticates them via X.509 certificates and stores the
+ encrypted data on hard drives with optional RAID techniques.
+ It also supports versions historization and per-user quotas.
+
+Package: boxbackup-client
+Architecture: any
+Depends:
+ debconf | debconf-2.0,
+ lsb-base (>= 3.0-6),
+ openssl,
+ perl,
+ ucf,
+ ${misc:Depends},
+ ${shlibs:Depends}
+Description: client for the BoxBackup remote backup system
+ BoxBackup is an automatic on-line backup system.
+ The client watches for changes on the local file system,
+ connects to a BoxBackup server and sends the changes via a
+ secure channel. All data is encrypted before being sent to
+ the server. A command-line tool is provided for restoration
+ of backups including deleted files and old versions.
diff --git a/debian/copyright b/debian/copyright
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ffb3eead
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/copyright
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+This package was debianized by Jérôme Schell <jerome@myreseau.org> on
+Tue, 1 Jun 2004 07:51:24 +0000.
+
+It was downloaded from http://boxbackup.org
+
+Upstream Author: Ben Summers <ben@fluffy.co.uk>
+
+Copyright:
+
+Copyright (c) 2003, 2004
+ Ben Summers. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+are met:
+1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+3. All use of this software and associated advertising materials must
+ display the following acknowledgement:
+ This product includes software developed by Ben Summers.
+4. The names of the Authors may not be used to endorse or promote
+ products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ permission.
+
+[Where legally impermissible the Authors do not disclaim liability for
+direct physical injury or death caused solely by defects in the software
+unless it is modified by a third party.]
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+Commentary
+
+This license is based on a standard BSD license. Some minor changes in wording have been made to fit in with English law.
+
+© Ben Summers, 2003, 2004
diff --git a/debian/patches/03-adjust-syslog-facility.diff b/debian/patches/03-adjust-syslog-facility.diff
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4856026d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/patches/03-adjust-syslog-facility.diff
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+change default syslog facility from LOG_LOCAL6 to LOG_DAEMON
+
+--- a/lib/common/Logging.cpp
++++ b/lib/common/Logging.cpp
+@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ bool Syslog::Log(Log::Level level, const
+ return true;
+ }
+
+-Syslog::Syslog() : mFacility(LOG_LOCAL6)
++Syslog::Syslog() : mFacility(LOG_DAEMON)
+ {
+ ::openlog("Box Backup", LOG_PID, mFacility);
+ }
+@@ -454,8 +454,8 @@ int Syslog::GetNamedFacility(const std::
+ #undef CASE_RETURN
+
+ BOX_ERROR("Unknown log facility '" << rFacility << "', "
+- "using default LOCAL6");
+- return LOG_LOCAL6;
++ "using default DAEMON");
++ return LOG_DAEMON;
+ }
+
+ bool FileLogger::Log(Log::Level Level, const std::string& file, int line,
+--- a/docs/docbook/adminguide.xml
++++ b/docs/docbook/adminguide.xml
+@@ -286,6 +286,12 @@ local5.info /var
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Note:</emphasis> Separators must be tabs,
+ otherwise these entries will be ignored.</para>
+
++ <para><emphasis role="bold">Note2:</emphasis> The packaged
++ debian and ubuntu versions of boxbackup do not log to local6,
++ but to the more standard 'daemon' facility. This means you
++ should not have anything to do to your syslog configuration,
++ since it is configured to be logged by default.</para>
++
+ <programlisting>touch /var/log/box
+ touch /var/log/raidfile</programlisting>
+
+--- a/lib/bbstored/BackupStoreDaemon.cpp
++++ b/lib/bbstored/BackupStoreDaemon.cpp
+@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ void BackupStoreDaemon::Run()
+ SetProcessTitle("housekeeping, idle");
+ whichSocket = 1;
+ // Change the log name
+- ::openlog("bbstored/hk", LOG_PID, LOG_LOCAL6);
++ ::openlog("bbstored/hk", LOG_PID, LOG_DAEMON);
+ // Log that housekeeping started
+ BOX_INFO("Housekeeping process started");
+ // Ignore term and hup
diff --git a/debian/patches/05-dont_use_net_for_docs.diff b/debian/patches/05-dont_use_net_for_docs.diff
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..71cb6c25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/patches/05-dont_use_net_for_docs.diff
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+=== modified file 'docs/Makefile'
+--- a/docs/Makefile
++++ b/docs/Makefile
+@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
+
+ all: docs
+
+-DBPROC_COMMAND = xsltproc
++DBPROC_COMMAND = xsltproc --nonet
+ MKDIR_COMMAND = mkdir
+ CP_COMMAND = cp
+ PERL_COMMAND = perl
diff --git a/debian/patches/series b/debian/patches/series
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f52e7b08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/patches/series
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+03-adjust-syslog-facility.diff
+05-dont_use_net_for_docs.diff
diff --git a/debian/po/POTFILES.in b/debian/po/POTFILES.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6cd99807
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/POTFILES.in
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+[type: gettext/rfc822deb] boxbackup-client.templates
+[type: gettext/rfc822deb] boxbackup-server.templates
diff --git a/debian/po/cs.po b/debian/po/cs.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..195059dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/cs.po
@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
+# Czech translation of boxbackup debconf messages.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the boxbackup package.
+# Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>, 2007,2008.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-01 11:36+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n"
+"Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: cs\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Má se klient BoxBackupu nastavit automaticky?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurační skript balíku může vytvořit konfigurační soubory pro klienta "
+"BoxBackupu."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud zrovna nekamarádíte s konfiguračními volbami BoxBackupu, měli byste "
+"tuto možnost povolit."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Podrobnosti o nastavení klienta BoxBackupu naleznete v souboru /usr/share/"
+"doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "Režim spouštění klienta BoxBackupu:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "Klient BoxBackupu podporuje dva režimy zálohování:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"V „líném“ režimu bude zálohovací daemon pravidelně prohledávat souborový "
+"systém a hledat změněné soubory. Poté nahraje soubory starší než zadaný věk "
+"na zálohovací server."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Ve „snímkovém“ režimu se bude zálohování spouštět v pravidelných "
+"intervalech. S balíkem se dodává cronový soubor /etc/cron.d/boxbackup-"
+"client, který byste měli upravit dle svých potřeb."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Číslo účtu tohoto uzlu na zálohovacím serveru:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"Správce serveru BoxBackup by měl tomuto klientovi přidělit hexadecimální "
+"číslo účtu."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud tomuto klientovi ještě nebylo přiděleno číslo účtu, ponechte pole "
+"prázdné a nastavte jej později spuštěním „dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client“ "
+"pod uživatelem root."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Neplatné číslo účtu"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr "Číslo účtu musí být hexadecimální číslo (např. 1F04 nebo 4500)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "Plně kvalifikované jméno zálohovacího serveru:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"Zadejte prosím plně kvalifikované doménové jméno BoxBackup serveru, který má "
+"tento klient používat."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "Klient se připojí k serveru na TCP portu 2201."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Seznam adresářů pro zálohování:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Zadejte prosím mezerami oddělený seznam adresářů, které se mají zálohovat na "
+"vzdálený server."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"Tyto adresáře by v žádné úrovni podadresářů neměly obsahovat připojené "
+"souborové systémy."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Neplatná cesta"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr "Cesty k souborům musí být absolutní a oddělené mezerami."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "Například: /home/mujucet /etc/"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Interval (v sekundách) mezi prohledáváním adresářů:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup pravidelně prohledává vybrané adresáře a hledá změněné soubory."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Zadejte prosím interval mezi prohledáváními."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Minimální doba čekání (v sekundách) před nahráním souboru:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Soubor se zazálohuje na server pouze po uplynutí určitého času od jeho "
+"poslední změny."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Nízké hodnoty způsobí častější nahrávání na server, vytváření více revizí a "
+"rychlejší rušení starých revizí."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Maximální doba čekání (v sekundách) před nahráním souboru:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"Často upravované soubory nejspíš nikdy nedosáhnou minimální hranice před "
+"nahráním souboru a tedy nebudou zálohovány."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Zadejte prosím maximální čas, po kterém je nahrání změněného souboru na "
+"server vynuceno."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "Zadán neplatný čas"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Zadejte prosím neprázdnou celočíselnou hodnotu větší než nula."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Příjemce výstražných upozornění:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"Jestliže se během zálohy vyskytne problém, klient BoxBackupu posílá "
+"výstražné upozornění."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Zadejte prosím jméno lokálního uživatele (například „root“) nebo poštovní "
+"adresu (například „spravce@priklad.cz“)."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Vytvořit privátní klíč klienta a požadavek na certifikát X.509?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"Klient BoxBackupu vyžaduje privátní RSA klíč a odpovídající certifikát "
+"X.509, aby se mohl autentizovat vůči serveru."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Oba se mohou vytvořit automaticky. Požadavek na certifikát budete muset "
+"poslat správci BoxBackup serveru, který požadavek podepíše a pošle zpět "
+"současně s certifikátem certifikační autority serveru."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Tyto soubory by měly být nakopírovány do konfiguračního adresáře BoxBackupu. "
+"Očekávaná jména souborů jsou zadána v souboru /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Má se BoxBackup nastavit automaticky?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurační skripty balíku mohou vytvořit konfigurační soubory BoxBackup "
+"serveru."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud zrovna nekamarádíte s konfiguračními volbami BoxBackupu, měli byste "
+"tuto možnost povolit. Konfiguraci můžete provést i ručně pomocí skriptů "
+"„raidfile-config“ a „bbstored-config“."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Dokud jej nenakonfigurujete, server se odmítne spustit. Každopádně je "
+"doporučeno přečíst si /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "Umístění RAID adresářů:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr "Vyberte prosím umístění tří adresářů se souborovými RAIDy."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"Pro povolení RAIDu zadejte mezerami oddělený seznam tří oblastí, kde každá "
+"by měla ležet na jiném fyzickém disku (například: „/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /"
+"raid/0.2“)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nechcete-li povolit RAID, zadejte cestu k jedinému adresáři, do kterého se "
+"budou ukládat zálohy (například /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "Pokud neexistují, budou tyto adresáře vytvořeny."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Neplatné cesty"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "Například: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "Velikost bloku RAIDu v uživatelském prostoru:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "BoxBackup využívá techniky RAIDu v uživatelském prostoru."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Zadejte prosím velikost bloku, která se má použít pro úložiště. Pro "
+"maximální efektivitu byste měli zvolit stejnou velikost bloku, jakou má "
+"souborový systém, na kterém je úložiště postaveno (pro souborové systémy "
+"ext2 to zjistíte zjistíte například příkazem „tune2fs -l“)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr ""
+"Tuto hodnotu byste měli nastavit i v případě, že neplánujete použití RAIDu."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Vytvořit privátní klíč serveru a požadavek na certifikát X.509?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup server vyžaduje privátní RSA klíč a odpovídající certifikát X.509, "
+"aby mohl provádět autentizaci mezi klientem a serverem a aby mohl šifrovat "
+"komunikaci."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Oba se mohou vytvořit automaticky. Certifikát budete muset podepsat svou "
+"kořenovou certifikační autoritou (viz balík boxbackup-server) a podepsaný "
+"jej umístit společně s kořenovým certifikátem certifikační autority do "
+"složky s konfigurací."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Neplatná velikost bloku"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr "Velikost bloku musí být mocninou dvou (např. 1024 nebo 4096)."
diff --git a/debian/po/da.po b/debian/po/da.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d9ca9924
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/da.po
@@ -0,0 +1,515 @@
+# Danish translation BoxBackup.
+# Copyright (C) 2010 BoxBackup & Joe Hansen.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the BoxBackup package.
+# Joe Hansen <joedalton2@yahoo.dk>, 2010.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: BoxBackup\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-18 17:30+01:00\n"
+"Last-Translator: Joe Hansen <joedalton2@yahoo.dk>\n"
+"Language-Team: Danish <debian-l10n-danish@lists.debian.org> \n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Skal klienten til BoxBackup konfigureres manuelt?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Pakkekonfigurationsskripterne kan oprette konfigurationsfiler for klienten "
+"til BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"Du skal vælge denne indstilling, hvis du ikke kender til BoxBackups "
+"konfigurationsindstillinger."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Læs venligst /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for detaljer om "
+"konfigurationen til BoxBackup-klienten."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "Kørselstilstand for klienten til BoxBackup:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr ""
+"Klienten til BoxBackup understøtter to tilstande til sikkerhedskopiering:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"I tilstanden 'lazy' vil dæmonen til sikkerhedskopiering med passende "
+"mellemrum skanne filsystemet på jagt efter ændrede filer. Den vil så "
+"overføre filer ældre end en angivet alder til sikkerhedskopiserveren."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"I tilstanden 'snapshot' vil sikkerhedskopien blive kørt med faste "
+"intervaller. Et cronjob (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) tilbydes sammen med "
+"pakken og skal tilpasses til dine behov."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Kontonummer for denne knude på sikkerhedskopiserveren:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"Administratoren på BoxBackup-serveren skal have tildelt denne klient et "
+"heksadecimalt kontonummer."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis intet kontonummer er blevet tildelt endnu, så efterlad dette felt tomt "
+"og konfigurer det senere ved at køre 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' som "
+"administrator (root)."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Ugyldigt kontonummer"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontonummeret skal være et heksadecimalt nummer (såsom 1F04 eller 4500)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "Fuldt kvalificeret domænenavn på sikkerhedskopiserveren:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"Indtast venligt det fuldt kvalificeret domænenavn på den BoxBackup-server "
+"som din klient vil bruge."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "Klienten vil forbinde til serveren på TCP port 2201."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Liste af mapper der skal sikkerhedskopieres:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Angiv venligst en mellemrumsadskilt liste af mapper der skal "
+"sikkerhedskopieres til den eksterne server."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"De mapper må ikke indeholde monterede filsystemer på noget niveau i deres "
+"undermapper."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Ugyldigt stinavn"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Stinavnene til mapperne skal være absolutte stinavne, adskilt af mellemrum."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "For eksempel. /home/myaccount /etc/"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Interval (i sekunder) mellem mappeskanninger:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup skanner med faste intervaller de udvalgte mapper, på jagt efter "
+"ændrede filer."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Vælg venligst skanningsinterval i sekunder."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Minimum ventetid (i sekunder) før overførsel af en fil:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"En fil vil først blive overført til serveren efter et bestemt tidsinterval "
+"efter sidste ændring."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Lave intervalværdier vil udløse ofte overførsler til serveren og flere "
+"revisioner oprettes, hvilket medfører at gamle revisioner vil blive fjernet "
+"tidligere."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Maksimal ventetid (i sekunder) før overførsel af en fil:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"Ofte ændrede filer vil højst sandsynlig aldrig blive overført, hvis de "
+"aldrig når den mindste ventetid."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Indtast venligst den maksimale tid før en ændret fil bliver overført til "
+"serveren."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "Ugyldig tid indtastede"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Indtast venligst en heltalsværdi større end nul."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Modtager til alarmbeskeder:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"Klienten til BoxBackup sender alarmbeskeder, når et problem opstår under "
+"sikkerhedskopieringen."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Indtast venligst enten et lokalt brugernavn (for eksempel 'root') eller en e-"
+"post-adresse (for eksempel 'admin@eksempl.org')."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Opret klientens private nøgle og X-509-certifikatanmodning?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"Klienten til BoxBackup kræver en RSA-privatnøgle og det tilsvarende X.509-"
+"certificat for at kunne dokumentere sig selv i forhold til serveren."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Begge kan oprettes automatisk. Du vil skulle sende certifikatanmodningen til "
+"BoxBackups serveradministrator som vil underskrive den og sende den tilbage "
+"til dig sammen med serverens Certification Authority-certifikat."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Disse filer skal kopiers ind i BoxBackups konfigurationsmappe. Filnavnene "
+"der skal bruges er oplyst i filen /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Skal BoxBackup automatisk konfigureres?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Skriptene for pakkekonfigurationen kan oprette konfigurationsfilerne for "
+"BoxBackup-serveren."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"Du skal vælge denne indstilling hvis du ikke kender til BoxBackups "
+"konfigurationsindstillinger. Denne konfiguration kan foretages manuelt med "
+"skripterne 'raidfile-config' og 'bbstored-config'."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Serveren vil ikke starte hvis den ikke er konfigureret. Uanset hvad så "
+"anbefales det at læse /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "Placering af RAID-mapperne:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr "Vælg venligst placeringen af de tre RAID-filmapper."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"For at aktivere RAID, skal mappenavnene være en mellemrumsadskilt liste af "
+"tre partitioner, hver på forskellige fysiske harddiske (for eksempel: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke ønsker at aktivere RAID, så specificer bare stien til en mappe "
+"hvor sikkerhedskopierne vil blive gemt (for eksempel, /usr/local/lib/"
+"boxbackup)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "Disse mapper vil blive oprettet, hvis de ikke findes."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Ugyldige stinavne"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "For eksempel: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "Blokstørrelse for userland-RAID-systemet:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "BoxBackup bruger userland-RAID-teknikker."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg venligst blokstørrelse til brug for lageret. For maksimal effektivitet, "
+"skal du vælge blokstørrelsen på det underlæggende filsystem (som kan ses for "
+"ext2-filsystemer med kommandoen 'tune2fs -l')."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr "Denne værdi skal angives, selv om du ikke planlægger at bruge RAID."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Opret en serverprivatnøgle og X.509-certifikatforespørgsel?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup-serveren kræver en RSA-privatnøgle og den tilsvarende X.509-"
+"certificat for at udføre klient-server bekræftelse og kryptering af "
+"kommunikation."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Begge kan oprettes automatisk. Du vil skulle underskrive certifikatet med "
+"din root CA (se pakken boxbackup-server) og placer dette underskrevne "
+"certificat og root CA-certifikatet i konfigurationsmappen."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Ugyldig blokstørrelse"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr "Blokstørrelsen skal kunne opløses i 2 (for eksempel 1024 eller 4096)."
diff --git a/debian/po/de.po b/debian/po/de.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20eca289
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/de.po
@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
+# Translation of the boxbackup debconf template.
+# Copyright (C) 2008 Kai Wasserbäch <debian@carbon-project.org>
+# This file is distributed under the same license as boxbackup package.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup 0.10+really0.10-1\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-13 22:06+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Kai Wasserbäch <debian@carbon-project.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: de\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Soll der BoxBackup-Client automatisch konfiguriert werden?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Paket-Konfigurations-Skripte können die Konfigurationsdateien für den "
+"BoxBackup-Client erstellen."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie sollten diese Option wählen, falls Sie nicht mit den "
+"Konfigurationsoptionen von BoxBackup vertraut sind."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte lesen Sie für detaillierte Informationen zur Konfiguration des "
+"BoxBackup-Clients die Datei /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "Betriebsmodus für den BoxBackup-Client:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "Der BoxBackup-Client unterstützt zwei Backup-Modi:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Im »lazy«-Modus prüft der Sicherungsdienst das Dateisystem regelmäßig, um "
+"veränderte Dateien zu finden. Dateien, die ein zuvor festgelegtes Alter "
+"überschritten haben, werden auf den Sicherungsserver überspielt."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Im »snapshot«-Modus wird die Sicherung in zuvor festgelegten Abständen "
+"durchgeführt. Eine Cron-Datei (/etc/cron.d/backup-client) wird mit diesem "
+"Paket ausgeliefert und sollte an die eigenen Anforderungen angepasst werden."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Kontennummer für diesen Knoten auf dem Sicherungsserver:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Administrator des BoxBackup-Servers sollte diesem Client eine "
+"hexadezimale Kontennummer zugewiesen haben."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls bislang noch keine Kontennummer zugewiesen wurde, lassen Sie dieses "
+"Feld frei und konfigurieren Sie die Option später durch Ausführen des "
+"Befehls »dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client« als root."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Ungültige Kontennummer"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Kontennummer muss hexadezimal sein (wie zum Beispiel 1F04 oder 4500)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "Vollständiger Domainname des Sicherungsservers:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte geben Sie den durch Ihren Client zu verwendenden vollständigen "
+"Domainnamen des BoxBackup-Servers an."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "Der Client wird sich mit dem Server auf dem TCP-Port 2201 verbinden."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Liste der zu sichernden Verzeichnisse:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte geben Sie die auf den entfernten Server zu sichernden Verzeichnisse "
+"als durch Leerzeichen getrennte Liste ein."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Verzeichnisse sollten in keinem Unterverzeichnis ein eingebundenes "
+"Dateisystem enthalten."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Ungültige Pfadangabe"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Pfade zu den Verzeichnissen müssen absolut sein und durch Leerzeichen "
+"getrennt angegeben werden."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "Zum Beispiel: /home/meinkonto /etc/"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Intervall (in Sekunden) zwischen Verzeichnisüberprüfungen:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup überprüft die ausgewählten Verzeichnisse von Zeit zu Zeit auf "
+"modifizierte Dateien."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie das Überprüfungsintervall in Sekunden."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Mindestwartezeit (in Sekunden) vor dem Hochladen einer Datei:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Eine Datei wird erst eine bestimmte Zeit nach der letzten Modifikation auf "
+"den Server übertragen."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Kleine Intervalle resultieren in häufigeren Uploads auf den Server. Dabei "
+"werden mehr Revisionen angelegt und alte früher gelöscht."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Maximale Wartezeit (in Sekunden) bevor eine Datei hochgeladen wird:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"Häufig modifizierte Dateien werden wahrscheinlich nie auf den Server "
+"übertragen, falls sie die minimale Wartezeit nicht erreichen."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte geben sie die Zeit ein, die maximal erreicht werden darf, bevor das "
+"Hochladen einer Datei erzwungen wird."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "Ungültige Zeit eingegeben"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Bitte geben Sie einen ganzzahligen Wert größer Null ein."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Empfänger für Alarmmeldungen:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"Der BoxBackup-Client versendet Alarmmeldungen, wenn während des Sicherns ein "
+"Problem auftritt."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte geben Sie entweder einen lokalen Benutzernamen (zum Beispiel »root«) "
+"oder eine E-Mail-Adresse (zum Beispiel »admin@example.org«) ein."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr ""
+"Soll der private Schlüssel für den Client und der X.509-Zertifikat-Anfrage "
+"erzeugt werden?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"Der BoxBackup-Client benötigt einen privaten RSA-Schlüssel und das "
+"zugehörige X.509-Zertifikat, um sich gegenüber dem Server authentifizieren "
+"zu können."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Beides kann automatisch erzeugt werden. Sie müssen die Zertifikatanfrage an "
+"den Administrator des BoxBackup-Servers senden, der dieses dann signieren "
+"und Ihnen zusammen mit dem Certification-Authority-Zertifikat des Servers "
+"zurücksenden wird."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Dateien sollten in das Konfigurationsverzeichnis von BoxBackup kopiert "
+"werden. Die zu verwendenden Dateinamen werden in /etc/boxbackup/bbacupd.conf "
+"angegeben."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Soll BoxBackup automatisch konfiguriert werden?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Die im Paket enthaltenen Konfigurationskripte können die Konfiguration für "
+"den BoxBackup-Server erzeugen."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie sollten diese Option wählen, falls Sie nicht mit den "
+"Konfigurationsoptionen von BoxBackup vertraut sind. Die Konfiguration kann "
+"mit Hilfe der Skripte »raidfile-config« und »bbstored-config« manuell "
+"vorgenommen werden."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Server wird nicht starten, falls er nicht konfiguriert wurde. In jedem "
+"Fall wird empfohlen, /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian zu lesen."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "Ort der RAID-Verzeichnisse:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie den Ort für die drei RAID-Datei-Verzeichnisse aus."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"Um die RAID-Funktion zu aktivieren, sollte eine durch Leerzeichen getrennte "
+"Liste dreier Partitionen eingegeben werden. Jede dieser Partitionen sollten "
+"auf einem anderen physischen Laufwerk sein (zum Beispiel »/raid/0.0 /"
+"raid/0.1 /raid/0.2«)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie die RAID-Funktion nicht aktivieren wollen, geben Sie einfach einen "
+"Pfad zu einem Verzeichnis an, in dem die Sicherungskopien gespeichert werden "
+"sollen (zum Beispiel /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "Diese Verzeichnisse werden angelegt, sollten sie nicht existieren."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Ungültige Pfadnamen"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "Zum Beispiel: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "Blockgröße für das im Benutzerbereich angesiedelte RAID-System:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "BoxBackup verwendet RAID-Techniken für den Benutzerbereich."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte wählen Sie die zu verwendende Blockgröße zur Speicherung. Um maximale "
+"Effizienz zu erreichen, sollten Sie die Blockgröße des darunterliegenden "
+"Dateisystems wählen. Diese kann für Ext-Dateisysteme mit dem Befehl »tune2fs "
+"-l« angezeigt werden."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Wert sollte auch dann angegeben werden, falls Sie kein RAID verwenden "
+"wollen."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr ""
+"Soll ein privater Server-Schlüssel und eine X.509-Zertifikatanfrage erzeugt "
+"werden?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"Der BoxBackup-Server benötigt einen privaten RSA-Schlüssel und ein "
+"zugehöriges X.509-Zertifikat, um die Client-Server-Authentifizierung "
+"durchführen zu können und die Kommunikation zu verschlüsseln."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Beides kann automatisch erzeugt werden. Sie müssen das Zertifikat mit Ihrem "
+"Wurzel-CA-Zertifikat signieren (siehe das Paket »boxbackup-server«) und das "
+"signierte Zertifikat sowie das Wurzel-CA-Zertifikat in Ihrem "
+"Konfigurationsordner ablegen."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Ungültige Blockgröße."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr "Die Blockgröße muss eine Potenz von Zwei sein (z.B. 1024 oder 4096)."
diff --git a/debian/po/es.po b/debian/po/es.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf7bb72e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/es.po
@@ -0,0 +1,549 @@
+# boxbackup po-debconf translation to Spanish
+# Copyright (C) 2009 Software in the Public Interest
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the boxbackup package.
+#
+# Changes:
+# - Initial translation
+# Omar Campagne <ocampagne@gmail.com>, 2009
+#
+# - Updates
+# TRADUCTOR <CORREO>, AÑO
+#
+# Traductores, si no conocen el formato PO, merece la pena leer la
+# de gettext, especialmente las secciones dedicadas a este
+# formato, por ejemplo ejecutando:
+# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
+# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
+#
+# Equipo de traducción al español, por favor, lean antes de traducir
+# los siguientes documentos:
+#
+# - El proyecto de traducción de Debian al español
+# http://www.debian.org/intl/spanish/
+# especialmente las notas de traducción en
+# http://www.debian.org/intl/spanish/notas
+#
+# - La guía de traducción de po's de debconf:
+# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
+# o http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: 0.11\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-16 18:15+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Omar Campagne <ocampagne@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Debian l10n Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "¿Desea que el cliente de BoxBackup se configure automáticamente?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"El paquete de scripts de configuración puede generar los archivos de "
+"configuración para el cliente de BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"Debería escoger esta opción si no está familiarizado con las opciones de "
+"configuración de BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Lea el archivo «/usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian» para más "
+"detalles acerca de la configuración del cliente de BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "Modo de ejecución para el cliente de BoxBackup:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "El cliente de BoxBackup ofrece dos modos de copia de seguridad:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"En modo «lazy» (vago), el demonio de copia de seguridad examinará con "
+"regularidad el sistema de archivos en busca de archivos modificados. "
+"Finalizado esto, subirá los archivos de una antigüedad específica al "
+"servidor de copias de seguridad."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"En modo «snapshot» (captura de imagen), la copia de seguridad se generará a "
+"intervalos regulares. Un archivo cron (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) se "
+"incluye en el paquete, el cual puede modificar para satisfacer sus "
+"necesidades."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Número de cuenta de este nodo en el servidor de copia de seguridad:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"El administrador del servidor de BoxBackup debería haber asignado a este "
+"cliente un número de cuenta hexadecimal."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no ha asignado aún ningún número de cuenta, deje este campo en blanco y "
+"configúrelo más tarde ejecutando «dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client» como "
+"administrador."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Número de cuenta no válido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr ""
+"El número de cuenta debe ser un número hexadecimal (p. ej., «1F04» o «4500»)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "Nombre de dominio completo del servidor de copias de seguridad:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"Introduzca el nombre de dominio completo del servidor de BoxBackup que el "
+"cliente usará."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "El cliente se conectará al servidor a través del puerto TCP 2201."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Lista de directorios de los cuales crear una copia de seguridad:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Introduzca una lista de directorios, separados por un espacio, de los cuales "
+"crear una copia de seguridad en el servidor remoto."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"Esos directorios no pueden contener sistemas de archivos montados en ningún "
+"nivel de sus subdirectorios."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Nombre de ruta no válido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Los nombres de ruta de los directorios deben ser nombres de ruta absolutos, "
+"separados por espacios."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "Por ejemplo: «/home/tucuenta /etc/»"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Intervalo de tiempo (en segundos) entre exploraciones de directorios:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"Boxbackup explora los directorios seleccionados con regularidad en busca de "
+"archivos modificados."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Seleccione el intervalo entre cada exploración en segundos."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Tiempo mínimo de espera (en segundos) antes de subir un archivo:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Un archivo se sube al servidor sólo después de un tiempo especifico desde su "
+"última modificación."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Un valor bajo de intervalo propicia subidas de archivos más regulares al "
+"servidor, generando más revisiones y haciendo que las revisiones más "
+"antiguas se eliminen antes."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Tiempo máximo de espera (en segundos) antes de subir un archivo:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede que los archivos modificados con frecuencia no se suban si nunca "
+"alcanzan el tiempo mínimo de espera."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Introduzca el tiempo máximo de espera antes de forzar la subida de un "
+"archivo modificado."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "Tiempo introducido no válido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Introduzca un valor entero mayor que 0."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Destinatario de las notificaciones de alerta:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"El cliente de BoxBackup envía notificaciones de alerta cuando ocurre un "
+"problema durante la creación de la copia de seguridad."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Introduzca un nombre de usuario local (por ejemplo, «root») o una dirección "
+"de correo electrónico (por ejemplo, «admin@example.org»)."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr ""
+"¿Desea generar la clave privada del cliente y la petición de certificado "
+"X.509?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"El cliente de BoxBackup necesita una clave privada RSA y su correspondiente "
+"certificado X.509 para autenticarse con el servidor."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambos pueden ser generados automáticamente. Necesitará enviar la petición de "
+"certificado al administrador del servidor de BoxBackup, el cual lo firmará y "
+"reenviará a usted junto con el certificado de la «CA» (Autoridad de "
+"Certificación) del servidor."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Estos archivos se deberían copiar en el directorio de configuración de "
+"BoxBackup. Los nombres de archivo empleados se encuentran en el archivo «/"
+"etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf»."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "¿Desea que BoxBackup se configure automáticamente?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Los scripts de configuración del paquete pueden generar los archivos de "
+"configuración del servidor de BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"Debería escoger esta opción si no está familiarizado con las opciones de "
+"configuración de BoxBackup. Puede configurarlo manualmente, o mediante los "
+"scripts «raidfile-config» y «bbstored-config»."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"El servidor no se iniciará si no está configurado. En cualquier caso, se "
+"recomienda leer «/usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian»."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "Ubicación de los directorios RAID:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr "Escoja la ubicación de los tres directorios RAID."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"Para habilitar RAID, los nombres de directorio deberían conformar una lista "
+"de tres particiones, separando cada elemento del mismo con un espacio, y "
+"cada uno de ellos en diferentes discos duros físicos (por ejemplo: «/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2»)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no desea habilitar RAID, especifique sólo la ruta a un directorio donde "
+"poder guardar las copias de seguridad (p. ej., «/usr/local/lib/boxbackup»)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "En caso de no existir, se crearán estos directorios."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Nombres de ruta no válidos"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "Por ejemplo: «/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2»"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "Tamaño de bloque para el sistema «userland» de RAID."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "BoxBackup utiliza técnicas «userland» de RAID."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Escoja el tamaño de bloque empleado para el almacenamiento. Para obtener la "
+"máxima eficiencia, debería escoger el tamaño de bloque del sistema de "
+"archivos subyacente (el cual se muestra en los sistemas de archivos ext2 "
+"ejecutando la orden «tune2fs -l»)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr "Debe definir este valor aunque no tenga planeado utilizar RAID."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr ""
+"¿Desea generar una clave privada de servidor y la petición de certificado "
+"X.509?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"El servidor «BoxBackup» requiere una clave privada RSA y el correspondiente "
+"certificado X.509 para la autenticación cliente-servidor y el cifrado de "
+"comunicaciones."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambos pueden ser generados automáticamente. Necesitará firmar el certificado "
+"con su «CA» raíz (vea el paquete «boxbackup-server») y poner este "
+"certificado firmado y el certificado de la «CA» raíz en el directorio de "
+"configuración."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Tamaño de bloque no válido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr "El tamaño del bloque ha de ser potencia de dos (p. ej., 1024 o 4096)."
diff --git a/debian/po/eu.po b/debian/po/eu.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ff3d71b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/eu.po
@@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
+# translation of boxbackup debconf to Basque
+# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+#
+# xabier bilbao <xabidu@gmail.com>, 2008.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup-eu\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-03 02:21+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: xabier bilbao <xabidu@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: basque <debian-l10n-basque@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "BoxBackup bezeroa automatikoki konfiguratu behar al da?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketearen konfigurazio script-ek BoxBackup bezeroarentzako konfigurazio-"
+"fitxategiak sor ditzakete."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera hau hautatu beharko zenuke ez baldin badituzu Boxbackup-en "
+"konfigurazio-aukerak ondo ezagutzen."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup bezeroaren konfigurazioaz xehetasun gehiago jakiteko, irakur "
+"ezazu /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "BoxBackup bezeroaren exekuzio-modua:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "BoxBackup bezeroak bi modutara egin dezake babeskopia:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"'Lazy' (sinplifikatu) moduan, babeskopia-deabruak fitxategi-sistema aldiro "
+"arakatuko du aldatutako fitxategien bila. Data jakin bat baino zaharragoak "
+"diren fitxategiak babeskopien zerbitzarira igoko ditu."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"'Snapshot' (argazki) moduan, babeskopia aldiro exekutatuko da. Cron "
+"fitxategi bat (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) dakar paketeak, norberaren "
+"beharren arabera egokitu behar dena."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Nodo honentzako kontu-zenbakia babeskopien zerbitzarian:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"Bezero honek kontu-zenbaki hamaseitar bat izan behar luke BoxBackup "
+"zerbitzariaren administratzaileak ezarririk."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Oraindik ez bazaio kontu-zenbakirik ezarri, utzi bete gabe arlo hau eta "
+"konfigura ezazu geroago, 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' root gisa "
+"exekutatuz."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Kontu-zenbaki baliogabea"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr ""
+"Zenbaki hamaseitarra izan behar da kontu-zenbakia (1F04 edo 4500 erakoa)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "Babeskopia-zerbitzariaren guztiz kualifikaturiko domeinu-izena (FQDN):"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"Sar ezazu hemen zure bezeroak erabiliko duen BoxBackup zerbitzariaren guztiz "
+"kualifikaturiko domeinu-izena."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "Bezeroa TCP 2201 atakan konektatuko da zerbitzarira."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Babeskopian gordetzeko direktorioen zerrenda:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Zerrenda itzazu, tarte soilez banatuta, urruneko zerbitzarian babeskopian "
+"gordetzeko direktorioak."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"Direktorio horiek ez lukete eduki behar muntatutako fitxategi-sistemarik "
+"haien azpidirektorioetako edozein mailatan."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Bide-izen baliogabea"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Direktorioetarako bide-izen absolutuak idatzi behar dira, tartez banaturik."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "Adibidez: /home/nirekontua /etc/"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Denbora-tartea (segundotan) direktorioen arakatzeen artean:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup-ek aldiro arakatzen ditu aukeratu diren direktorioak, aldatutako "
+"fitxategien bila."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Zehaztu ezazu arakatzea zenbatero egin behar den."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr ""
+"Fitxategi bat igo aurretik itxaron beharreko gutxieneko denbora (segundotan):"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Denbora jakin bat itxarongo du programak fitxategi bakoitza, aldaketak jaso "
+"ondoren, zerbitzarira igo aurretik."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Arakatzeetarako denbora tarte txikiak ezarriz gero, sarri igoko dira "
+"fitxategiak zerbitzarira, eta sarri berrituko dira babeskopiak, ondorioz "
+"kopia zaharrak lehenago ezabatuz."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr ""
+"Fitxategi bakoitza igo aurretik itxaron beharreko gehienezko denbora "
+"(segundotan):"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"Sarri aldatzen diren fitxategiak zerbitzarira inoiz ere igo gabe geldi "
+"daitezke, ez badute gutxieneko denbora irauten aldatu gabe."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Sar ezazu itxaron beharreko gehienezko denbora aldatutako fitxategi bakoitza "
+"zerbitzarira igo aurretik."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "Denbora baliogabea sartu duzu"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Sar ezazu balio oso bat, zero baino handiagoa."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Alerta abisuen hartzailea:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup bezeroak alerta abisuak bidaltzen ditu babeskopia egitean arazoren "
+"bat gertatzen denean."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Sar ezazu erabiltzaile-izen lokal bat (adibidez, 'root') edo eposta helbide "
+"bat (adibidez, 'admin@adibidea.org')."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr ""
+"Bezeroarentzako gako pribatua eta X.509 ziurtagiriaren eskaera sortzea nahi "
+"duzu?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup bezeroak RSA gako pribatua eta hari dagokion X.509 ziurtagiria "
+"behar ditu bere burua zerbitzarian egiaztatzeko."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Biak automatikoki sor daitezke. Ziurtagiri-eskaera BoxBackup zerbitzariko "
+"administratzaileari bidali beharko diozu. Hark izenpetuko du eta atzera zuri "
+"bidaliko dizu zerbitzariko Ziurtagiri Emailearen (CA) ziurtagiriarekin "
+"batera."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Fitxategi horiek BoxBackup-en konfigurazio direktoriora kopiatu behar dira. "
+"Fitxategiei eman beharreko izenak /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf fixategian "
+"aurkituko dituzu."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "BoxBackup automatikoki konfiguratu?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketearen konfigurazio script-ek BoxBackup zerbitzarirako konfigurazio-"
+"fitxategiak sor ditzakete."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"Hauta ezazu bide hau ez badituzu BoxBackup-en konfigurazio aukerak ondo "
+"ezagutzen. Konfigurazioa eskuz egin daiteke 'raidfile-config' eta 'bbstored-"
+"config' script-en bidez."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Zerbitzaria ez da abiatuko konfiguraturik ez badago. Zure kasua edozein dela "
+"ere, gomendagarria da /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian "
+"irakurtzea."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "RAID direktorioen kokalekua:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr "Aukera ezazu hiru RAID fitxategi-direktorioen kokalekua."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"RAID kudeaketa gaitzeko, hiru partizioren zerrenda gisa eman behar dira "
+"direktorio-izenak, tarte hutsez banaturik, eta direktorio bakoitza disko "
+"gogor fisiko batean kokaturik (adibidez: '/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"RAID kudeaketa gaitu nahi ez baduzu, nahikoa duzu direktorio baterako bidea "
+"ematea, babeskopiak bertan gorde daitezen (adibidez, /usr/local/lib/"
+"boxbackup)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "Direktorio hauek sortu egingo dira aurretik ez badaude."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Bide-izen baliogabeak"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "Adibidez: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "Userland (erabiltzaile-eremuko) RAID sistemarako bloke-tamaina:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "Boxbackup-ek userland (erabiltzaile-eremuko) RAID sistema darabil."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera ezazu biltegiratzerako erabiliko den bloke-tamaina. Eraginkortasun "
+"handiena lortzeko, aukera ezazu azpiko fitxategi-sistemak duen bloke-tamaina "
+"bera (hura zein den ikusteko 'tune2fs -l' komandoa erabil daiteke ext2 "
+"fitxategi-sistemen kasuan)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr "Balio hau ezarri beharra dago, RAID erabiltzeko asmoa ez baduzu ere."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr ""
+"Zerbitzarirako gako pribatua eta X.509 ziurtagiriaren eskaera sortzea nahi "
+"duzu?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup bezeroak RSA gako pribatua eta hari dagokion X.509 ziurtagiria "
+"behar ditu bezero/zerbitzari egiaztapena eta komunikazio-enkriptazioa "
+"gauzatzeko."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Automatikoki sor daitezke biak. Horretarako, ziurtagiria sinatu beharko dizu "
+"zure Ziurtagiri Emaile (CA) nagusiak (ikus boxbackup-server paketea) eta "
+"sinaturiko ziurtagiria, root (erro) CAren ziurtagiriarekin batera, "
+"konfigurazio-karpetan kokatu beharko duzu."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Bloke-tamaina baliogabea"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr "Bloke-tamainak biren berredura izan behar du (adb. 1024 edo 4096)."
diff --git a/debian/po/fi.po b/debian/po/fi.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da150ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/fi.po
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-03 23:20+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Esko Arajärvi <edu@iki.fi>\n"
+"Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fi\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Poedit-Language: Finnish\n"
+"X-Poedit-Country: FINLAND\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Tulisiko BoxBackup-asiakkaan asetukset tehdä automaattisesti?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup-asiakkaan asetustiedostot voidaan luoda paketin "
+"asetuskomentosarjoilla."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr "Valitse tämä, jos BoxBackupin asetusvalitsimet eivät ole tuttuja."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Lisätietoja BoxBackup-asiakkaan asetuksista löytyy tiedostosta /usr/share/"
+"doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "BoxBackup-asiakkaan ajotapa:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "BoxBackup-asiakas tukee kahdenlaisia varmuuskopioita:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Laiska tapa (”lazy”) tarkoittaa, että taustaohjelma säännöllisesti etsii "
+"tiedostojärjestelmästä muuttuneita tiedostoja. Tämän jälkeen tiettyä ikää "
+"vanhemmat tiedostot kopioidaan varmuuskopiopalvelimelle."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Levykuvatapa (”snapshot”) tarkoittaa, että varmuuskopio otetaan säännöllisin "
+"aikavälein. Paketissa on mukana cron-tiedosto (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-"
+"client), joka tulisi mukauttaa tarpeisiin."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Tämän solmun tilinumero varmuuskopiopalvelimella:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup-palvelimen ylläpitäjän olisi tullut antaa tälle asiakkaalle "
+"heksadesimaalinen tilinumero."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Jos tilinumeroa ei ole vielä annettu, jätä kenttä tyhjäksi ja aseta se "
+"myöhemmin ajamalla pääkäyttäjänä komento ”dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client”."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Virheellinen tilinumero"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr "Tilinumeron tulee olla heksadesimaaliluku (kuten 1F04 tai 4500)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "Varmuuskopiopalvelimen täydellinen verkkonimi:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr "Anna asiakkaan käyttämän BoxBackup-palvelimen täydellinen verkkonimi."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "Asiakas ottaa yhteyden palvelimen TCP-porttiin 2201."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Hakemistot, joista otetaan varmuuskopiot:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Anna välilyönnein eroteltu lista hakemistoista, joista tehdään varmuuskopiot "
+"etäpalvelimelle."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"Näiden hakemistojen ei tulisi sisältää liitettyjä tiedostojärjestelmiä "
+"millään alihakemistojen tasolla."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Virheellinen polku"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Hakemistojen polkujen tulee olla täydellisiä ja ne tulee erottaa toisistaan "
+"välilyönnein."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "Esimerkiksi: /home/omahakemisto /etc/"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Hakemistojen skannausten välinen aika (sekunteina):"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup säännöllisesti skannaa valitut hakemistot etsien muutettuja "
+"tiedostoja."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Anna skannausten aikaväli sekunteina."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Vähimmäisodotusaika (sekunteina) ennen tiedoston kopioimista:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Tiedosto kopioidaan palvelimelle vasta, kun sen viimeisimmästä muokkauksesta "
+"on kulunut tietty aika."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Lyhyt aika-arvo aiheuttaa tiheitä kopiointeja palvelimelle, jolloin luodaan "
+"useampia versioita ja vanhemmat versiot poistetaan aiemmin."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Enimmäisodotusaika (sekunteina) ennen tiedoston kopioimista:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"Usein muokattuja tiedostoja ei kopioida koskaan talteen, jos muokkausten "
+"välissä ei ole vähimmäisodotusaikaa."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Anna enimmäisaika, jonka jälkeen muokattu tiedosto kopioidaan pakolla "
+"palvelimelle."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "Virheellinen aika annettu"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Anna nollaa suurempi kokonaisluku."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Varoitusviestien vastaanottaja:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup-asiakas lähettää varoitusviestejä, kun varmuuskopioiden otossa "
+"ilmenee ongelmia."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Anna joko paikallinen käyttäjätunnus (esimerkiksi ”root”) tai "
+"sähköpostiosoite (esimerkiksi ”admin@example.org”)."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Luodaanko salattu asiakasavain ja X.509-varmennepyyntö?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup-asiakas tarvitsee salatun RSA-avaimen ja sitä vastaavan X.509-"
+"varmenteen tunnistautuakseen palvelimelle."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Molemmat voidaan luoda automaattisesti. Varmennepyyntö tulee lähettää "
+"BoxBackup-palvelimen ylläpitäjälle, joka allekirjoittaa sen ja lähettää sen "
+"takaisin palvelimen varmentaja-varmenteen kanssa."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Nämä tiedostot tulisi kopioida BoxBackupin asetustiedostoon. Käytettävät "
+"tiedostonimet on annettu tiedostossa /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Tulisiko BoxBackupin asetukset tehdä automaattisesti?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup-palvelimen asetustiedostot voidaan luoda paketin "
+"asetuskomentosarjoilla."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"Valitse tämä, jos BoxBackupin asetusvalitsimet eivät ole tuttuja. Asetukset "
+"voidaan tehdä käsin komentosarjoilla ”raidfile-config” ja ”bbstored-config”."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Palvelin ei käynnisty ennen kuin sen asetukset on tehty. On joka tapauksessa "
+"suositeltavaa lukea tiedosto /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "RAID-hakemistojen sijainti:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr "Anna kolmen RAID-tiedostohakemiston sijainnit."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"RAIDin ottaminen käyttöön vaatii, että annetut hakemistot ovat kolmen, eri "
+"fyysisillä kovalevyillä sijaitsevan osion välilyönnein eroteltu lista. "
+"(esimerkiksi: ”/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2”)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"Jos RAIDia ei haluta käyttää, anna vain yhden hakemiston polku (esimerkiksi: "
+"”/usr/local/lib/boxbackup”). Varmuuskopiot tallennetaan tänne."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "Nämä hakemistot luodaan, jos niitä ei vielä ole olemassa."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Virheellisiä polkuja"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "Esimerkiksi: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "Userland RAID -järjestelmien lohkokoko:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "BoxBackup käyttää userland RAID -tekniikoita."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Valitse varastossa käytettävä lohkokoko. Paras tehokkuus saadaan, jos "
+"lohkokoko on sama kuin alla olevassa tiedostojärjestelmässä (joka saadaan "
+"ext2-tiedostojärjestelmässä näkyviin komennolla ”tune2fs -l”)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr "Tämä arvo tulisi asettaa, vaikka RAIDia ei aiottaisi käyttää."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Luodaanko salainen palvelinavain ja X.509-varmennepyyntö?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup-palvelin tarvitsee salaisen RSA-avaimen ja sitä vastaavan X.509-"
+"varmenteen asiakkaiden ja palvelimen väliseen tunnistautumiseen ja "
+"viestinnän salaamiseen."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Molemmat voidaan luoda automaattisesti. Varmenne tulee allekirjoittaa "
+"juurivarmenteella (”root CA”, katso pakettia boxbackup-server). "
+"Allekirjoitettu varmenne ja juurivarmenne tulee laittaa ohjelman "
+"asetustiedostoon."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Virheellinen lohkokoko"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr "Lohkokoon tulee olla kahden potenssi (esim. 1024 tai 4096)."
diff --git a/debian/po/fr.po b/debian/po/fr.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6294c5aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/fr.po
@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2007, Vincent Bernat <bernat@luffy.cx>
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the boxbackup package.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup_0.10-1\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-26 07:42+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Vincent Bernat <bernat@luffy.cx>\n"
+"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Faut-il automatiquement configurer le client BoxBackup ?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Les scripts de configuration de ce paquet peuvent créer les fichiers de "
+"configuration pour le client BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous devriez utiliser cette option si les options de configuration de "
+"BoxBackup ne vous sont pas familières."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Veuillez consulter le fichier /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian "
+"pour obtenir des détails sur la configuration du client BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "Mode d'exécution pour le client BoxBackup :"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "Le client BoxBackup gère deux modes de sauvegarde :"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Avec le mode simplifié (« lazy »), le démon de sauvegarde recherchera "
+"régulièrement les fichiers modifiés sur le système. Il enverra les fichiers "
+"plus anciens qu'un âge donné au serveur de sauvegarde."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Avec le mode instantané (« snapshot »), la sauvegarde sera lancée "
+"explicitement à intervalles réguliers. Le fichier /etc/cron.d/boxbackup-"
+"client pour le démon cron est fourni avec le paquet et devra être adapté à "
+"vos besoins."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Numéro de compte pour ce nœud sur le serveur de sauvegarde :"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"L'administrateur de BoxBackup doit assigner à ce client un numéro de compte "
+"en hexadécimal."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Si aucun numéro de compte n'est encore assigné, laissez ce champ vide et "
+"remplissez le plus tard en lançant la commande « dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-"
+"client » en tant qu'utilisateur root."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Numéro de compte invalide"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr ""
+"Le numéro de compte doit être un nombre en hexadécimal (comme 1F04 ou 4500)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "Nom d'hôte complet (FQDN) du serveur de sauvegarde :"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"Veuillez indiquer le nom d'hôte complet (FQDN) du serveur BoxBackup que "
+"votre client doit utiliser."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "Le client se connectera sur le port TCP 2201 du serveur."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Liste des répertoires à sauvegarder :"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Veuillez indiquer une liste de répertoires, séparés par des espaces, à "
+"sauvegarder sur le serveur distant."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"Ces répertoires ne doivent pas contenir de systèmes de fichiers montés dans "
+"l'un de leurs sous-répertoires, quelle que soit la profondeur."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Chemin invalide"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Ces répertoires doivent être indiqués sous forme de chemins absolus et "
+"séparés par des espaces."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "Exemple : /home/myaccount /etc/."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Intervalle (en secondes) entre deux parcours du répertoire :"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup parcourt régulièrement les répertoires sélectionnés à la recherche "
+"de fichiers modifiés."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Veuillez choisir l'intervalle entre deux parcours en secondes."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Temps minimum à attendre (en secondes) avant d'envoyer un fichier :"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Un fichier est envoyé au serveur uniquement après un certain temps après sa "
+"date de dernière modification."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Un intervalle faible provoquera des envois fréquents vers le serveur et des "
+"versions successives en grand nombre. Les versions plus anciennes seront "
+"également supprimées plus tôt."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Délai maximum (en secondes) avant d'envoyer un fichier :"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"Des fichiers fréquemment modifiés risquent de ne jamais être envoyés si le "
+"temps minimal avant envoi n'est jamais atteint."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Veuillez indiquer le délai maximum à attendre avant de forcer l'envoi d'un "
+"fichier vers le serveur."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "Délai non valable"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Veuillez indiquer un entier strictement positif."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Destinataire des notifications d'alertes :"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"Le client BoxBackup envoie des notifications d'alertes quand un problème "
+"survient lors d'une sauvegarde."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez soit indiquer un identifiant local (par exemple « root ») ou une "
+"adresse de courrier électronique (par exemple « admin@example.org »)."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr ""
+"Faut-il créer la clef privée et la demande de certificat X.509 du client ?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"Le client BoxBackup a besoin d'une clef privée RSA et d'un certificat X.509 "
+"correspondant pour s'authentifier auprès du serveur."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Tous deux peuvent être créés automatiquement. Vous devrez envoyer la demande "
+"de certificat à l'administrateur du serveur BoxBackup qui la signera et vous "
+"la renverra accompagnée du certificat de l'autorité de certification (CA) du "
+"serveur."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Ces fichiers doivent être copiés dans le répertoire de configuration de "
+"BoxBackup. Les noms de fichier à utiliser sont indiqués dans le fichier /etc/"
+"boxbackup/bbackupd.conf."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Faut-il automatiquement configurer BoxBackup ?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Les scripts de configuration de ce paquet peuvent créer les fichiers de "
+"configuration pour le serveur BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous devriez utiliser cette option si les options de configuration de "
+"BoxBackup ne vous sont pas familières. Vous pouvez aussi configurer le "
+"serveur vous-même à l'aide des scripts « raidfile-config » et « bbstored-"
+"config »."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Le serveur ne démarrera pas s'il n'est pas configuré. Dans tous les cas, la "
+"lecture de /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian est recommandée."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "Emplacement des répertoires RAID :"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr "Veuillez choisir l'emplacement des trois répertoires RAID."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour activer la gestion RAID, veuillez indiquer, séparés par des espaces, "
+"les noms de trois partitions situées sur des disques physiques différents "
+"(par exemple : « /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2 »)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne voulez pas activer la gestion du RAID, indiquez seulement le "
+"chemin d'un répertoire où les sauvegardes seront stockées (par exemple, /usr/"
+"local/lib/boxbackup)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "Ces répertoires seront créés s'ils n'existent pas."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Chemins non valables"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "Par exemple : /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "Taille des blocs pour le système RAID en espace utilisateur :"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "BoxBackup utilise un système de RAID en espace utilisateur."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Veuillez choisir une taille de blocs pour le stockage. Pour une efficacité "
+"maximale, vous devriez choisir la même taille de blocs que le système de "
+"fichiers sous-jacent (que vous pouvez obtenir, pour les systèmes de fichiers "
+"ext2 et ext3, avec la commande « tune2fs -l »)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette valeur est nécessaire même si vous ne comptez pas utiliser le RAID."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr ""
+"Faut-il créer une clef privée et une demande de certificat X.509 pour le "
+"serveur ?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"Le serveur BoxBackup a besoin d'une clef privée RSA et du certificat X.509 "
+"correspondant pour l'authentification et le chiffrement entre le client et "
+"le serveur."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Ces deux éléments peuvent être créés automatiquement. Vous aurez besoin de "
+"faire signer le certificat par votre autorité de certification principale "
+"(voir le paquet boxbackup-server) et de placer le certificat signé "
+"accompagné du certificat du CA racine dans le répertoire de configuration."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Taille de blocs non valable"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr ""
+"La taille d'un bloc doit être une puissance de deux (par exemple 1024 ou "
+"4096)."
diff --git a/debian/po/gl.po b/debian/po/gl.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d981e9a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/gl.po
@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
+# Galician translation of boxbackup's debconf templates
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the boxbackup package.
+# Jacobo Tarrio <jtarrio@debian.org>, 2008.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-31 18:06+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio <jtarrio@debian.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto@trasno.net>\n"
+"Language: gl\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "¿Quere configurar o cliente BoxBackup de xeito automático?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Os scripts de configuración do paquete poden crear os ficheiros de "
+"configuración do cliente BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"Debería escoller esta opción se non está afeito ás opcións de configuración "
+"de BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Consulte o ficheiro /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian para máis "
+"información sobre a configuración do cliente BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "Modo de execución do cliente BoxBackup:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "O cliente BoxBackup soporta dous modos de copia de seguridade:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"No modo \"preguiceiro\" (\"lazy\"), o servizo de copias de seguridade ha "
+"explorar periodicamente o sistema de ficheiros á busca de ficheiros "
+"modificados. Despois ha copiar ao servidor os ficheiros máis vellos dunha "
+"determinada idade."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"No modo \"imaxe\" (\"snapshot\"), a copia de seguridade hase facer a "
+"intervalos regulares. Fornécese un ficheiro cron (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-"
+"client) co paquete, que se debe adaptar ás súas necesidades."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Número de conta para este nodo no servidor de copias de seguridade:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"O administrador do servidor BoxBackup debeulle asignar a este cliente un "
+"número de conta hexadecimal."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Se non se asignou aínda ningún número de conta, deixe este campo baleiro e "
+"configúreo máis adiante executando \"dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client\" "
+"coma administrador."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Número de conta non válido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr "O número de conta debe ser un número hexadecimal (coma 1F04 ou 4500)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "Nome de dominio completo do servidor de copias de seguridade:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"Introduza o nome de dominio completo do servidor BoxBackup que ha empregar o "
+"cliente."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "O cliente hase conectar ao servidor no porto TCP 2201."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Lista de directorios a copiar:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Introduza unha lista de nomes de directorios a copiar no servidor remoto, "
+"separados por espazos."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"Eses directorios non deberían conter sistemas de ficheiros montados en "
+"ningún nivel dos seus subdirectorios."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Ruta non válida"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"As rutas dos directorios deben ser rutas absolutas, separadas por espazos."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "Por exemplo: /home/conta /etc/"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Intervalo (en segundos) entre as exploracións dos directorios:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup explora periodicamente os directorios seleccionados, á busca de "
+"ficheiros modificados."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Escolla o intervalo de exploración en segundos."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Tempo mínimo a agardar (en segundos) antes de copiar un ficheiro:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Só se ha copiar un ficheiro ao servidor despois de que pase un certo tempo "
+"trala súa última modificación."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Unha periodicidade curta de máis ha causar actualizacións frecuentes no "
+"servidor e a creación de máis revisións, o que ha facer que se eliminen "
+"antes as revisións antigas."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Tempo máximo a agardar (en segundos) antes de copiar un ficheiro:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"É posible que os ficheiros que se modifican con frecuencia non se copien "
+"nunca se nunca chegan ao tempo de espera mínimo."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Introduza o tempo máximo a agardar antes de forzar a copia dun ficheiro "
+"modificado ao servidor."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "Introduciuse un tempo non válido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Introduza un número enteiro maior que cero."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Destinatario para os avisos das alertas:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"O cliente BoxBackup envía alertas cando hai un problema durante a copia de "
+"seguridade."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Introduza un nome de usuario local (por exemplo, \"root\") ou un enderezo de "
+"email (por exemplo, \"admin@exemplo.org\")."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "¿Xerar a clave privada e a solicitude de certificado X.509 do cliente?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"O cliente BoxBackup precisa dunha clave privada RSA e o certificado X.509 "
+"correspondente para se autenticar co servidor."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Pódense xerar os dous automaticamente. Ha ter que enviar a solicitude de "
+"certificado ao administrador do servidor BoxBackup, que a ha asinar e lla ha "
+"enviar de volta co certificado de Autoridade Certificadora do servidor."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Debe copiar eses ficheiros ao directorio de configuración de BoxBackup. Os "
+"nomes de ficheiro a empregar figuran no ficheiro /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd."
+"conf."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "¿Quere configurar BoxBackup de xeito automático?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Os scripts de configuración do paquete poden crear os ficheiros de "
+"configuración do servidor BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"Debería escoller esta opción se non está afeito ás opcións de configuración "
+"de BoxBackup. Pódese facer a configuración cos scripts \"raidfile-config\" e "
+"\"bbstored-config\"."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Non se ha iniciar o servidor se non está configurado. En tódolos casos, "
+"recoméndase ler o ficheiro /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "Ubicación dos directorios RAID:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr "Indique a ubicación dos tres directorios de ficheiros RAID."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"Para activar o RAID, os nomes dos directorios deben ser unha lista con tres "
+"particións separadas por espazos, cada unha delas nun disco duro físico "
+"diferente (por exemplo, \"/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2\")."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"Se non quere activar o RAID, indique a ruta a un só directorio no que "
+"armacenar as copias de seguridade (por exemplo, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "Hanse crear eses directorios se non existen."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Rutas non válidas"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "Por exemplo: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "Tamaño de bloque para o sistema de RAID de nivel de usuario:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "BoxBackup emprega técnicas de RAID de nivel de usuario."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolla o tamaño de bloque a empregar para o armacenamento. Para alcanzar a "
+"máxima eficiencia, debería escoller o tamaño de bloque do sistema de "
+"ficheiros (que se pode ver, para os sistemas de ficheiros ext2, coa orde "
+"\"tune2fs -l\")."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr "Debería configurar este valor incluso se non quere empregar RAID."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr ""
+"¿Xerar a clave privada e a solicitude de certificado X.509 do servidor?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"O servidor BoxBackup precisa dunha clave privada RSA e o certificado X.509 "
+"correspondente para realizar a autenticación do cliente e o cifrado das "
+"comunicacións."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Pódense xerar os dous automaticamente. Ha ter que asinar o certificado coa "
+"CA raíz (vexa o paquete boxbackup-server) e poñer este certificado asinado e "
+"o certificado da CA raíz no directorio de configuración."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Tamaño de bloque non válido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr ""
+"O tamaño de bloque debe ser unha potencia de 2 (por exemplo, 1024 ou 4096)."
diff --git a/debian/po/it.po b/debian/po/it.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..564d3ccb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/it.po
@@ -0,0 +1,525 @@
+# Italian translation of boxbackup debconf messages.
+# Copyright (C) 2012
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the boxbackup package.
+# Beatrice Torracca <beatricet@libero.it>, 2012.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup 0.11.1~r2837-1\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-30 15:51+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Beatrice Torracca <beatricet@libero.it>\n"
+"Language-Team: Italiano <debian-l10n-Italian@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1)\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Configurare automaticamente il client BoxBackup?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Gli script di configurazione del pacchetto possono creare i file di "
+"configurazione per il client BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliere questa opzione se non si ha familiarità con le opzioni di "
+"configurazione di BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Per dettagli sulla configurazione del client BoxBackup, leggere /usr/share/"
+"doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "Modalità di esecuzione del client BoxBackup:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "Il client BoxBackup gestisce due modalità di backup:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Nella modalità \"pigra\" (\"lazy\"), il demone di backup scansiona a "
+"intervalli regolari il file system alla ricerca di file modificati. Carica "
+"quindi i file più vecchi di una data specificata sul server di backup."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Nella modalità \"istantanea\" (\"snapshot\") il backup viene eseguito "
+"esplicitamente ad intervalli regolari. Con il pacchetto viene fornito un "
+"file cron (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) che deve essere adattato alle "
+"proprie necessità."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Numero di account per questo nodo sul server di backup:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"L'amministratore del server BoxBackup dovrebbe aver assegnato un numero di "
+"account esadecimale a questo client."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Se non è ancora stato assegnato alcun numero di account, lasciare questo "
+"campo in bianco e configurarlo in seguito eseguendo \"dpkg-reconfigure "
+"boxbackup-client\" come utente root."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Numero di account non valido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr ""
+"Il numero di account deve essere un numero esadecimale (come 1F04 o 4500)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "Nome di dominio pienamente qualificato del server di backup:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"Inserire il nome di dominio pienamente qualificato del server BoxBackup che "
+"verrà usato dal client."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "Il client si connetterà al server sulla porta TCP 2201."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Lista di directory di cui fare il backup:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Inserire una lista, separata da spazi, di directory di cui fare il backup "
+"sul server remoto."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"Queste directory non devono contenere file system montati in nessun livello "
+"delle loro sottodirectory."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Nome di percorso non valido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"I nomi di percorso delle directory devono essere nomi di percorso assoluti, "
+"separati da spazi."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "Ad esempio: /home/mioaccount /etc/"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Intervallo (in secondi) tra le scansioni delle directory:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup scansiona a intervalli regolari le directory selezionate alla "
+"ricerca dei file modificati."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Scegliere l'intervallo di scansione in secondi."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Tempo minimo di attesa (in secondi) prima di caricare un file:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Un file viene caricato sul server solo dopo che è trascorso un certo tempo "
+"dalla sua ultima modifica."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Valori di intervallo bassi fanno scattare caricamenti frequenti sul server, "
+"creano più revisioni e fanno sì che le revisioni più vecchie vengano rimosse "
+"prima."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Tempo massimo di attesa (in secondi) prima di caricare un file:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"È possibile che i file modificati di frequente non vengano mai caricati se "
+"non raggiungono mai il tempo minimo di attesa."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Inserire il tempo massimo da raggiungere prima di forzare il caricamento di "
+"un file modificato sul server."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "Tempo inserito non valido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Inserire un valore intero maggiore di zero."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Destinatario delle notifiche di avvertimento:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"Il client BoxBackup invia notifiche di avvertimento quando si verifica un "
+"problema durante il backup."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Inserire un nome di utente locale (ad esempio \"root\") oppure un indirizzo "
+"di posta elettronica (ad esempio \"admin@example.com\")."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr ""
+"Generare la richiesta di chiave privata e di certificato X.509 del client?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"Il client BoxBackup necessita di una chiave RSA privata e del certificato "
+"X.509 corrispondente per autenticarsi sul server."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Entrambi possono essere generati automaticamente. È necessario inviare la "
+"richiesta di certificato all'amministratore del server BoxBackup che la "
+"firmerà e invierà indietro insieme al certificato Certification Authority "
+"del server."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Questi file devono essere copiati nella directory di configurazione di "
+"BoxBackup. I nomi di file da usare sono indicati nel file /etc/boxbackup/"
+"bbackupd.conf."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Configurare BoxBackup automaticamente?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Gli script di configurazione possono creare i file di configurazione per il "
+"server BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliere questa opzione se non si ha familiarità con le opzioni di "
+"configurazione di BoxBackup. La configurazione può essere fatta in modo "
+"manuale con gli script \"raidfile-config\" e \"bbstored-config\"."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Il server non si avvia se non è configurato. In ogni caso è raccomandata la "
+"lettura di /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "Posizione delle directory RAID:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr "Scegliere la posizione per le tre directory dei file RAID."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"Per abilitare RAID, i nomi di directory devono essere una lista separata da "
+"spazi di tre partizioni, ciascuna su un'unità fisica differente (ad esempio: "
+"\"/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2\")."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"Se non si desidera abilitare RAID, specificare semplicemente il percorso di "
+"una directory in cui verranno memorizzati i backup (ad esempio, /usr/local/"
+"lib/boxbackup)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "Se non esistono, queste directory verranno create."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Nomi di percorso non validi"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "Ad esempio: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "Dimensione dei blocchi per il sistema RAID in spazio utente:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "BoxBackup usa tecniche RAID in spazio utente."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliere la dimensione dei blocchi da usare per la memorizzazione. Per una "
+"massima efficienza, scegliere la dimensione dei blocchi del file system "
+"sottostante (che, per i file system ext2, può essere visualizzata con il "
+"comando \"tune2fs -l\")."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr ""
+"Questo valore andrebbe impostato anche se non si ha intenzione di usare RAID."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr ""
+"Generare una richiesta di chiave privata e certificato X.509 per il server?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"Il server BoxBackup necessita di una chiave RSA privata e del certificato "
+"X.509 corrispondente per effettuare l'autenticazione client-server e la "
+"cifratura delle comunicazioni."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Entrambi possono essere generati automaticamente. È necessario firmare il "
+"certificato con la CA di root (vedere il pacchetto boxbackup-server) e "
+"mettere il certificato firmato e il certificato CA di root nella directory "
+"di configurazione."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Dimensione dei blocchi non valida"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr ""
+"La dimensione dei blocchi deve essere una potenza del due (es., 1024 o 4096)."
diff --git a/debian/po/ja.po b/debian/po/ja.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..872b8d47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/ja.po
@@ -0,0 +1,509 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2009 Reinhard Tartler <siretart@tauware.de>
+# This file is distributed under the same license as boxbackup package.
+# Hideki Yamane (Debian-JP) <henrich@debian.or.jp>, 2009.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup 0.11~rc3~r2502-2\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-10 14:26+0900\n"
+"Last-Translator: Hideki Yamane (Debian-JP) <henrich@debian.or.jp>\n"
+"Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: ja\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "BoxBackup クライアントを自動的に設定しますか?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"パッケージの設定スクリプトは BoxBackup クライアント用の設定ファイルを作成でき"
+"ます。"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"あなたが BoxBackup の設定オプションに詳しくない場合は、このオプションを選んで"
+"ください。"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup クライアントの設定の詳細については /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/"
+"README.Debian を参照してください。"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "BoxBackup クライアントの動作モード:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "BoxBackup クライアントは 2 つのバックアップモードをサポートしています:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"'lazy' モードでは、バックアップのデーモンは変更されたファイルを探すため、定期"
+"的にファイルシステムをスキャンします。そして、指定された期間よりも古いファイ"
+"ルをバックアップサーバへアップロードします。"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"'snapshot' モードは、バックアップは明確に定期的な間隔で動作します。パッケージ"
+"で cron ファイル (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) が用意され、このファイルが用"
+"途に合うはずです。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "バックアップサーバ上でのこのノードのアカウント番号:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup サーバの管理者は、このクライアントを 16 進数のアカウント番号で割り"
+"当てる必要があります。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"アカウント番号がまだ割り当てられていない場合は、この欄を空白のままにして後ほ"
+"ど root ユーザにて 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' を実行して設定をしてく"
+"ださい。"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "アカウント番号が正しくありません"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr "アカウント番号は (1F04 や 4500 などの) 16 進数である必要があります。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "バックアップサーバの完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN):"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"クライアントが利用する BoxBackup サーバの完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を入力して"
+"ください。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "クライアントはサーバの TCP ポート 2201 に接続します。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "バックアップするディレクトリの一覧:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"リモートのサーバにバックアップされる、空白で区切ったディレクトリの一覧を指定"
+"してください。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"このディレクトリには、サブディレクトリ以下にマウント済みのファイルシステムを"
+"含んではいけません。"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "パス名 (path) が正しくありません"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"ディレクトリへのパス名は絶対パスで、空白で区切られている必要があります。"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "例: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "ディレクトリをスキャンする間隔 (秒数):"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup は変更されたファイルを探すため、一定間隔で指定されたディレクトリを"
+"スキャンします。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "スキャンの間隔を秒数で指定してください。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "ファイルをアップロードするまでの最小待ち時間 (秒数):"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"最後に変更されてから一定時間が経過しないとファイルはアップロードされません。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"短い間隔にすると、サーバへ頻繁にアップロードすることになり、作成されるリビ"
+"ジョンが多くなって、古いリビジョンが早く削除されます。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "ファイルをアップロードするまでの最大待ち時間 (秒数):"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"頻繁に変更されるファイルが最小待ち時間にも達しない場合、このファイルは全く"
+"アップロードされないでしょう。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"変更されたファイルがサーバへ強制的にアップロードされるまでの最大時間を入力し"
+"てください。"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "入力された時間が正しくありません"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "自然数を入力してください。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "警告通知の受信者:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup クライアントは、バックアップ中に問題が起きた際に警告の通知を送信し"
+"ます。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"ローカルユーザの名前 (例えば 'root') かメールアドレス (例 'admin@example."
+"org') を入力してください。"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "クライアント秘密鍵と X.509 証明書のリクエストを生成しますか?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup クライアントは、サーバに認証を受ける際に RSA 秘密鍵と対応する "
+"X.509 証明書を必要とします。"
+
+# FIXME: もっとわかりやすい表現
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"双方とも自動的に生成できます。証明書リクエストを BoxBackup サーバの管理者に送"
+"信する必要があります。BoxBackup サーバの管理者は、サーバの認証局の認証に基づ"
+"いて証明書リクエストに署名して返信します。"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"このファイルは BoxBackup の設定ディレクトリにコピーされる必要があります。ファ"
+"イル名は /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf ファイルで指定します。"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "BoxBackup を自動的に設定しますか?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"パッケージの設定スクリプトで BoxBackup サーバの設定ファイルを生成できます。"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup の設定オプションに詳しくない場合はこのオプションを選んでください。"
+"設定は、手動の場合は 'raidfile-config' や'bbstored-config' スクリプトで設定で"
+"きます。"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"サーバは設定されていないと起動しません。どのような場合でも、/usr/share/doc/"
+"boxbackup-server/README.Debian を一読いただくのをお勧めします。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "RAID ディレクトリの位置:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr "RAID ファイルが置かれる 3 つのディレクトリを指定してください。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"RAID を有効にするには、ディレクトリ名は 3 つのパーティションのリストを空白で"
+"区切ったもので、それぞれが別の物理ドライブ上にある必要があります (例: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"RAID を有効にしたくない場合は、バックアップが保存される単一ディレクトリへのパ"
+"ス (path) を指定してください (例えば、/usr/local/lib/boxbackup)。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "このディレクトリが存在しない場合、作成されます。"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "パス名が正しくありません"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "例: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "ユーザランド RAID システムのブロックサイズ:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "BoxBackup はユーザランドの RAID 機能を使います。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"ストレージに使うブロックサイズを選んでください。効率を最大限にするには、ファ"
+"イルシステムのブロックサイズに合わせて選ぶ必要があります (ext2 ファイルシステ"
+"ムは 'tune2fs -l' コマンドで表示できます)。"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr "RAID を使う予定が無いとしても、この値は設定する必要があります。"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "サーバ秘密鍵と X.509 証明書リクエストを生成しますか?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup サーバは、クライアントとサーバ間の認証と通信暗号化を行うために RSA "
+"秘密鍵と対応する X.509 証明書を必要とします。"
+
+# FIXME もっとわかりやすい表現
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"双方とも自動的に生成ができます。ルート認証局 (root CA) での証明書への署名 "
+"(boxbackup-server パッケージを参照) して、署名した証明書と CA 証明書を設定"
+"フォルダに配置する必要があります。"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "ブロックサイズが正しくありません"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr "ブロックサイズは 2 の乗数である必要があります (例: 1024、4096)。"
diff --git a/debian/po/nl.po b/debian/po/nl.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ef91ab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/nl.po
@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+# Dutch translation of boxbackup debconf templates.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the boxbackup package.
+# Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>, 2014.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-10 15:14+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>\n"
+"Language-Team: Debian Dutch l10n Team <debian-l10n-dutch@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: nl\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Moet de BoxBackup-client automatisch ingesteld worden?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"De configuratiescripts van het pakket kunnen de configuratiebestanden voor "
+"de BoxBackup-client aanmaken."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"U zou deze optie moeten kiezen indien u niet vertrouwd bent met de "
+"configuratieopties van BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Gelieve het bestand /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian te "
+"raadplegen voor details over het configureren van de BoxBackup-client."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "Modus voor het uitvoeren van de BoxBackup-client:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "De BoxBackup-client ondersteunt twee back-upmodussen:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"In de 'luie' modus zal de back-upachtergronddienst regelmatig het "
+"bestandssysteem overlopen op zoek naar gewijzigde bestanden. Daarna zal het "
+"bestanden ouder dan een ingestelde ouderdom naar de server uploaden."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"In de 'momentopname'-modus zal expliciet een back-up gemaakt worden met "
+"vastgelegde intervallen. Met het pakket wordt een cron-bestand (/etc/cron.d/"
+"boxbackup-client) meegeleverd dat volgens uw behoeften aangepast zou moeten "
+"worden."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Accountnummer voor deze machine op de back-upserver:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"De beheerder van de BoxBackup-server zou deze client een hexadecimaal "
+"accountnummer moeten gegeven hebben."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Indien nog geen accountnummer toegekend werd, laat u dit veld leeg en "
+"configureert u het later door als systeembeheerder het commando 'dpkg-"
+"reconfigure boxbackup-client' uit te voeren."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Ongeldig accountnummer"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr ""
+"Het accountnummer moet een hexadecimaal getal zijn (zoals 1F04 of 4500)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr ""
+"Volledige domeinnaam (fully qualified domain name) van de back-upserver:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"Voer de volledige domeinnaam in van de BoxBackup-server waarvan uw client "
+"gebruik zal maken."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "De client zal met de server contact maken op de TCP-poort 2201."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Lijst van mappen waarvoor een back-up gemaakt moet worden:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Geef een met komma's gescheiden lijst op van mappen waarvoor een reservekopie "
+"moet gemaakt worden op de externe server."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze mappen zouden op geen enkel niveau in de onderliggende mappen "
+"aangekoppelde bestandssystemen mogen bevatten."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Ongeldig pad"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"De namen van de mappen moeten het absolute pad er naartoe bevatten en ze "
+"moeten met spaties van elkaar gescheiden worden."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "Bijvoorbeeld: /home/mijn_account /etc/"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Interval (in seconden) tussen het doorlopen van de mappen:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"Met tussenpozen doorloopt BoxBackup de opgegeven mappen op zoek naar "
+"gewijzigde bestanden."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Gelieve het doorloopinterval te kiezen, uitgedrukt in seconden."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Minimale wachttijd (in seconden) voor het uploaden van een bestand:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Slechts een bepaalde tijd na de laatste wijziging aan een bestand wordt het "
+"naar de server geüpload."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Lage inervalwaarden zullen frequente uploads naar de server en het aanmaken "
+"van meer revisies tot gevolg hebben en meteen ook het vroeger wissen van "
+"oudere revisies."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Maximale wachttijd (in seconden) vooraleer een bestand geüpload wordt:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"De kans bestaat dat bestanden die frequent bijgewerkt worden nooit geüpload "
+"raken omdat ze nooit de minimale wachttijd halen."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Gelieve aan te geven hoelang maximaal gewacht mag worden vooraleer het "
+"uploaden van een gewijzigd bestand naar de server afgedwongen wordt."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "De opgegeven tijd is ongeldig"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Gelieve een geheel getal in te geven groter dan nul."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Ontvanger van waarschuwingen:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"De BoxBackup-client stuurt een waarschuwing wanneer er zich een probleem "
+"voordoet tijdens de back-up."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Geef ofwel de naam van een lokale gebruiker op (bijvoorbeeld 'root') of een "
+"e-mailadres (bijvoorbeeld 'admin@voorbeeld.org')."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Een geheime sleutel en een verzoek om een X.509-certificaat aanmaken?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"De BoxBackup-client heeft een geheime RSA-sleutel en een overeenkomstig "
+"X.509-certificaat nodig om zich bij de server te authenticeren."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Beide kunnen automatisch aangemaakt worden. U zult het verzoek om een "
+"certificaat moeten sturen naar de beheerder van de BoxBackup-server, die het "
+"zal ondertekenen en naar u terugsturen samen met het certificaat van de "
+"Certificatie-Autoriteit van de server."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze bestanden moeten gekopieerd worden naar de map die de configuratie van "
+"BoxBackup bevat. De te gebruiken bestandsnamen staan vermeld in het bestand /"
+"etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Moet BoxBackup automatisch ingesteld worden?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"De configuratiescripts van het pakket kunnen de configuratiebestanden voor "
+"de BoxBackup-server aanmaken."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"U zou deze optie moeten kiezen indien u niet vertrouwd bent met de "
+"configuratieopties voor BoxBackup. De configuratie kan manueel gebeuren met "
+"behulp van de scripts 'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config'."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"De server zal niet opstarten als hij niet geconfigureerd is. Hoe dan ook "
+"wordt aanbevolen om /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian te "
+"raadplegen."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "Plaats van de RAID-mappen:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr "Gelieve de plaats op te geven van de drie RAID bestandsmappen."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"Om RAID te gebruiken moeten de namen van de mappen ingegeven worden als een "
+"door komma's gescheiden lijst van drie partities, die zich elk op een andere "
+"fysieke harde schijf bevinden (bijvoorbeeld: '/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /"
+"raid/0.2')."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"Indien u RAID niet wilt gebruiken, geeft u enkel het pad op naar een map "
+"waarin de reservekopieën bewaard zullen worden (bijvoorbeeld /usr/local/lib/"
+"boxbackup)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "Deze mappen zullen aangemaakt worden als ze nog niet bestaan."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Ongeldige padnamen"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "Bijvoorbeeld: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "Blok-grootte voor het RAID-systeem in gebruikersmodus:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "BoxBackup maakt gebruik van RAID-technieken in gebruikersmodus."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Gelieve de blok-grootte voor de opslag te kiezen. Voor maximale efficiëntie, "
+"zou u de blok-grootte van het onderliggende bestandssysteem moeten kiezen "
+"(voor het ext2-bestandssysteem kunt u dat te zien krijgen met het commando "
+"'tune2fs -l')."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze waarde moet ook ingesteld worden als u niet zinnens bent RAID te "
+"gebruiken."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr ""
+"Een geheime sleutel en een verzoek om een X.509-certificaat aanmaken voor de "
+"server?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"De BoxBackup-server heeft een geheime RSA-sleutel en een overeenkomstig "
+"X.509-certificaat nodig voor de client-server-authenticatie en de "
+"versleuteling van de communicatie."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Beide kunnen automatisch aangemaakt worden. U zult het certificaat moeten "
+"ondertekenen met uw systeembeheerders-CA (zie het boxbackup-serverpakket) en "
+"dit ondertekend certificaat samen met het CA-certificaat van de "
+"systeembeheerder in de configuratiemap plaatsen."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Ongeldige blok-grootte"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr "De blok-grootte moet een macht van twee zijn (bijv. 1024 of 4096)."
diff --git a/debian/po/pt.po b/debian/po/pt.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2bcb0a08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/pt.po
@@ -0,0 +1,519 @@
+# pt translation of boxbackup.
+# Copyright (C) 2008 THE BOXBACKUP'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the boxbackup package.
+# Bruno Queirós <bqueiros@gmail.com>, 2008.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-31 20:05+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Bruno Queirós <brunoqueiros@portugalmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n"
+"Language: pt\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "O cliente BoxBackup deve ser configurado automaticamente?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Os scripts de configuração do pacote podem criar os ficheiros de "
+"configuração para o cliente do BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"Deve escolher esta opção se não está familiarizado com as opções de "
+"configuração do BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor leia /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian para detalhes "
+"acerca da configuração do cliente BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "Modo de execução para o cliente BoxBackup:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "O cliente BoxBackup suporta dois modos de backup:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"No modo 'lazy', o deamon de backup irá pesquisar regularmente o sistema de "
+"ficheiros à procura de ficheiros modificados. De seguida envia os ficheiros "
+"que sejam mais antigos que uma data especificada para o servidor de backup."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"No modo 'snapshot' o backup será executado explicitamente em intervalos "
+"regulares. Um ficheiro cron (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) é fornecido "
+"juntamente com o pacote e deve ser adaptado às suas necessidades."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Número de conta para este nó no servidor de backups:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"O administrador do servidor BoxBackup deve ter atribuído a este cliente um "
+"número de conta em hexadecimal."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Se ainda não foi atribuído nenhum número de conta, deixe este campo em "
+"branco e configure-o mais tarde executando 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-"
+"client' como root."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Número de conta inválido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr "O número de conta deve ser um número hexadecimal (como 1F04 ou 4500)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "Nome completo do domínio do servidor de backups:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor introduza o nome completo do domínio do sevidor BoxBackup que o "
+"seu cliente irá utilizar."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "O cliente irá ligar-se o servidor por TCP na porta 2201."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Lista dos directórios para backup:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor forneça uma lista de directórios separados por um espaço para "
+"serem copiados para o servidor remoto."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"Esses directórios não devem conter sistemas de ficheiros montados em nenhum "
+"nível dos seus subdirectórios."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Nome de localização inválido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Os nomes das localizações têm que ser nomes de localização absolutos, "
+"separados por espaços."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "Por exemplo: /home/minhaconta /etc/"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Intervalo (em segundos) entre pesquisas de directórios:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"O BoxBackup pesquisa regularmente os directórios seleccionados, à procura de "
+"ficheiros modificados."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Por favor escolha o intervalo de pesquisa em segundos."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Tempo mínimo de espera (em segundos) antes de carregar um ficheiro:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Um ficheiro será carregado para o servidor apenas após ter passado um certo "
+"tempo depois da sua última modificação."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Baixos valores de intervalo irão activar carregamentos frequentes para o "
+"servidor e serão criadas mais revisões e as revisões mais antigas são "
+"removidas mais cedo."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Tempo máximo de espera (em segundos) antes de carregar um ficheiro:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"Ficheiros que são frequentemente modificados raramente são carregados se "
+"eles não atingirem o mínimo tempo de espera."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor introduza o tempo máximo a atingir antes que o carregamento de um "
+"ficheiro modificado para o servidor seja forçado."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "Introduzido tempo inválido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Por favor introduza um valor inteiro não nulo."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Destinatário para as notificações de alerta:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"O cliente BoxBackup envia notificações de alerta quando ocorre um problema "
+"durante o backup."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor introduza ou um nome de utilizador local (por exemplo 'root') ou "
+"um endereço de email (por exemplo 'admin@example.org')."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Gerar uma chave privada do cliente e o pedido de certificado X.509?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"O cliente BoxBackup precisa de uma chave privada RSA e o correspondente "
+"certificado X.509 para se autenticar com o servidor."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambos podem ser gerados automaticamente. Você precisa de enviar o pedido de "
+"certificado para o administrador do servidor BoxBackup que o irá assinar e "
+"enviá-lo de volta para si juntamente com o certificado 'Certification "
+"Authority' (CA) do servidor."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Estes ficheiros devem ser copiados para o directório de configuração do "
+"BoxBackup. Os nomes de ficheiros a utilizar são dados no ficheiro /etc/"
+"boxbackup/bbackupd.conf."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "O BoxBackup deve ser configurado automaticamente?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Os scripts de configuração do pacote podem criar os ficheiros de "
+"configuração para o servidor BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"Deve escolher esta opção se não estiveir familiarizado com as opções de "
+"configuração do BoxBackup. A configuração pode ser feita manualmente com os "
+"scripts 'raidfile-config' e 'bbstored-config'."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"O servidor não irá funcionar se não estiver configurado. Em todos os casos, "
+"érecomendado ler o /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "Localização dos directórios RAID:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor escolha a localização dos três directórios de ficheiros RAID."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"Para activar o RAID, os nomes dos directórios devem ser uma lista separada "
+"por um espaço de três particções, cada uma em discos rígidos diferentes (por "
+"exemplo: '/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"Se não deseja activar o RAID, simplesmente especifique uma localização para "
+"um directório onde os backups serão armazenados ( por exemplo, /usr/local/"
+"lib/boxbackup)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "Estes directórios devem ser criados caso não existam."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Nomes de localização inválidos"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "Por exemplo: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "Tamanho do bloco para a userland do sistema RAID:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "BoxBackup usa técnicas userland RAID."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor escolha o tamanho do bloco para utilizar no armazenamento. Para "
+"uma eficiência máxima, deverá escolher o tamanho do bloco do sistema de "
+"ficheiros que utiliza (o qual pode ser visualizado com o comando 'tune2fs -"
+"l')."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr "Este valor deve ser introduzido mesmo que não tencione usar RAID."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Gerar uma chave privada do servidor e o pedido de certificado X.509?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"O servidor BoxBackup precisa de uma chave privada RSA e o correspondente "
+"certificado X.509 para executar autenticações cliente-servidor e encriptação "
+"de comunicação."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambos podem ser gerados automaticamente. Precisará de assinar o certificado "
+"com o seu root CA (veja o pacote boxbackup-server) e ponha este certificado "
+"assinado e o certificado root CA na pasta de configuração."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Tamanho de bloco inválido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr "O tamanho do bloco deve ser uma potência de 2 (e.g. 1024 ou 4096)."
diff --git a/debian/po/pt_BR.po b/debian/po/pt_BR.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a57bb70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/pt_BR.po
@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
+# Debconf translations for boxbackup.
+# Copyright (C) 2010 THE boxbackup'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the boxbackup package.
+# Bruno Gurgel <bruno.gurgel@gmail.com>, 2010.
+# Adriano Rafael Gomes <adrianorg@gmail.com>, 2010, 2011.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup 0.11~rc8~r2714-1\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-21 12:53+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-18 09:59-0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Adriano Rafael Gomes <adrianorg@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian."
+"org>\n"
+"Language: pt_BR\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"pt_BR utf-8\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "O cliente BoxBackup deve ser configurado automaticamente?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Os scripts de configuração do pacote podem criar os arquivos de configuração "
+"para o cliente BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"Você deve escolher essa opção se você não estiver familiarizado com as "
+"opções de configuração do BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor, leia /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian para detalhes "
+"sobre a configuração do cliente BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "Modo de execução para o cliente BoxBackup:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "O cliente BoxBackup suporta dois modos de backup:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"No modo 'lazy', o daemon do backup verificará regularmente o sistema de "
+"arquivos procurando por arquivos modificados. Ele então fará o carregamento "
+"(\"upload\") dos arquivos mais velhos que uma idade especificada para o "
+"servidor de backup."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"No modo 'snapshot', o backup será explicitamente executado em intervalos "
+"regulares. Um arquivo do cron (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) é fornecido com "
+"o pacote e deve ser adaptado para atender as suas necessidades."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Número da conta para esse nó no servidor de backup:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"O administrador do servidor BoxBackup deve ter designado a esse cliente um "
+"número de conta hexadecimal."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Se nenhum número de conta foi designado ainda, deixe esse campo em branco e "
+"configure-o depois executando 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' como root."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Número de conta inválido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr "O número de conta deve ser um número hexadecimal (como 1F04 ou 4500)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "Nome de domínio totalmente qualificado do servidor de backup:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor, informe o nome de domínio totalmente qualificado do servidor "
+"BoxBackup que seu cliente usará."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "O cliente conectará no servidor na porta 2201 TCP."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Lista de diretórios para fazer backup:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor, informe uma lista separada por espaços de diretórios para fazer "
+"backup no servidor remoto."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"Esses diretórios não devem conter sistemas de arquivos montados em nenhum "
+"nível em seus subdiretórios."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Nome de caminho inválido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Os nomes de caminho para os diretórios precisam ser nomes de caminho "
+"absolutos, separados por espaços."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "Por exemplo: /home/minhaconta /etc/"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Intervalo (em segundos) entre as verificações dos diretórios:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"O BoxBackup regularmente verifica os diretórios selecionados, procurando por "
+"arquivos modificados."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Por favor, escolha o intervalo de verificação em segundos."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Tempo mínimo de espera (em segundos) antes de carregar um arquivo:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Um arquivo será carregado para o servidor somente depois de um certo tempo "
+"após sua última modificação."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Valores baixos de intervalo desencadearão carregamentos frequentes para o "
+"servidor e mais revisões serão criadas, com as antigas revisões sendo "
+"removidas mais cedo."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Tempo máximo para esperar (em segundos) antes de carregar um arquivo:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"Arquivos frequentemente modificados são suscetíveis a nunca serem carregados "
+"caso nunca atinjam o tempo mínimo de espera."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor, informe o tempo máximo para atingir antes que o carregamento para "
+"o servidor de um arquivo modificado seja forçado."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "Tempo inválido informado"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Por favor, informe um valor inteiro maior que zero."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Destinatário para as notificações de alerta:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"O cliente BoxBackup envia notificações de alerta quando ocorre um problema "
+"durante o backup."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor, informe um nome de usuário local (por exemplo 'root') ou um "
+"endereço de e-mail (por exemplo 'admin@exemple.org')."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Gerar a chave privada do cliente e a requisição do certificado X.509?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"O cliente BoxBackup precisa de uma chave privada RSA e o certificado X.509 "
+"correspondente para se autenticar com o servidor."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambos podem ser gerados automaticamente. Você precisará enviar a requisição "
+"do certificado para o administrador do servidor BoxBackup que irá assiná-lo "
+"e enviá-lo de volta para você, juntamente com o certificado da Autoridade "
+"Certificadora do servidor."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Esses arquivos devem ser copiados dentro do diretório de configuração do "
+"BoxBackup. Os nomes de arquivo a serem usados são dados no arquivo /etc/"
+"boxbackup/bbackupd.conf."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "O BoxBackup deve ser configurado automaticamente?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Os scripts de configuração do pacote podem criar os arquivos de configuração "
+"para o servidor BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"Você deve escolher essa opção se você não estiver familiarizado com as "
+"opções de configuração do BoxBackup. A configuração pode ser feita "
+"manualmente com os scripts 'raidfile-config' e 'bbstored-config'."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"O servidor não inicializará se não for configurado. Em todos os casos, ler /"
+"usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian é recomendado."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "Localização dos diretórios RAID:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor, escolha a localização para os três diretórios de arquivos RAID."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"Para habilitar o RAID, os nomes dos diretórios devem ser uma lista separada "
+"por espaços de três partições, cada uma em diferentes discos físicos (por "
+"exemplo: '/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não deseja habilitar o RAID, apenas especifique o caminho para um "
+"diretório onde os backups serão armazenados (por exemplo, /usr/local/lib/"
+"boxbackup)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "Esses diretórios serão criados se não existirem."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Nomes de caminho inválidos"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "Por exemplo: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr ""
+"Tamanho do bloco para o sistema de RAID em espaço de usuário (\"userland\"):"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "BoxBackup usa técnicas de RAID em espaço de usuário."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor, escolha o tamanho do bloco a ser usado para o armazenamento. Para "
+"eficiência máxima, você deve escolher o tamanho de bloco do sistema de "
+"arquivos subjacente (que pode ser mostrado para sistemas de arquivo ext2 com "
+"o comando 'tune2fs -l')."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr "Esse valor deve ser definido mesmo se você não planeja usar RAID."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Gerar uma chave privada do servidor e o pedido do certificado X.509?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"O servidor BoxBackup precisa de uma chave privada RSA e do certificado X.509 "
+"correspondente para realizar a autenticação cliente-servidor e a "
+"criptografia da comunicação."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambos podem ser gerados automaticamente. Você terá que assinar o certificado "
+"com a sua CA raiz (veja o pacote boxbackup-server) e colocar este certificado "
+"assinado e o certificado da CA raiz na pasta de configuração."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Tamanho de bloco inválido"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr "O tamanho do bloco deve ser uma potência de dois (ex. 1024 ou 4096)."
diff --git a/debian/po/ru.po b/debian/po/ru.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f0468989
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/ru.po
@@ -0,0 +1,519 @@
+# translation of ru.po to Russian
+# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+#
+# Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>, 2008.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup new\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-06 21:51+0400\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
+"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Настроить клиента BoxBackup автоматически?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Сценарии настройки пакета могут создать файлы настройки клиента BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы должны ответить утвердительно, если не знакомы параметрами настройки "
+"BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Подробное описание по настройке клиента BoxBackup дано в файле /usr/share/"
+"doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "Режим запуска клиента BoxBackup:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "Клиент BoxBackup поддерживает два режима резервного копирования:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"В режиме 'lazy' служба резервного копирования регулярно сканирует файловую "
+"систему, ища изменившиеся файлы. Затем она закачивает файлы на сервер, если "
+"они новее, чем на сервере (срок можно настроить)."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"В режиме 'snapshot' резервное копирование выполняется через одинаковые "
+"интервалы. В пакете есть файл задания cron (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client), "
+"который должен быть изменён под ваши нужды."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Учётный номер этого узла на сервере резервного копирования:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"Администратор сервера BoxBackup должен назначить этому клиенту "
+"шестнадцатеричный учётный номер."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Если учётный номер ещё не назначен, оставьте это поле пустым, и настройте "
+"его позже, запустив команду 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' с правами "
+"суперпользователя."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Неверный учётный номер"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr ""
+"Учётный номер должен указываться в виде шестнадцатеричного числа (например, "
+"1F04 или 4500)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "Полностью определённое доменное имя сервера резервного копирования:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"Введите полностью определённое доменное имя сервера BoxBackup, который будет "
+"использовать клиент."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "Клиент будет подключаться к серверу по TCP-порту 2201."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Список каталогов для резервного копирования:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Задайте через пробел список каталогов, для которых будет выполняться "
+"резервное копирование на удалённый сервер."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"Эти каталоги не должны содержать смонтированных файловых систем в своих "
+"подкаталогах."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Неверный путь"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Пути к каталогам должны указываться в виде абсолютных путей и разделяться "
+"пробелами."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "Пример: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Интервал (в секундах) между сканированиями:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup регулярно сканирует указанные каталоги, ища изменившиеся файлы."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Введите промежуток между сканированиями в секундах."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Минимальное время ожидания (в секундах) перед закачкой файла:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Файл будет закачан на сервер только по прошествии определённого времени с "
+"момента его последнего изменения."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Короткий интервал приводит к частым закачкам на сервер и созданию большого "
+"числа версий и скорому удалению предыдущих версий."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Максимальное время ожидания (в секундах) перед закачкой файла:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"Часто изменяемые файлы, скорее всего, никогда не будут закачаны, так как для "
+"них никогда не наступит конец минимального интервала ожидания."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Введите максимальный интервал, после которого изменённый файл должен быть "
+"принудительно закачан на сервер."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "Указано неправильное время"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Введите целое число больше нуля."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Получатель уведомлений о сбоях:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"Клиент BoxBackup посылает уведомления о сбоях, если возникает проблема при "
+"выполнении резервного копирования."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Введите имя локального пользователя (например, 'root') или адрес электронной "
+"почты (например, 'admin@example.org')."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Генерировать клиентский секретный ключ и запрос сертификата X.509?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"Для аутентификации клиента BoxBackup на сервере требуется секретный ключ RSA "
+"и соответствующий сертификат X.509."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Они могут быть сгенерированы автоматически. Вам нужно отправить запрос "
+"сертификата администратору сервера BoxBackup, который его подпишет и "
+"отправит вам обратно вместе сертификатом сервера от удостоверяющего центра."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Эти файлы нужно скопировать в каталог настройки BoxBackup. Имена файлов "
+"задаются в файле /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Настроить BoxBackup автоматически?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Сценарии настройки пакета могут создать файлы настройки сервера BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы должны ответить утвердительно, если не знакомы параметрами настройки "
+"BoxBackup. Настройка может быть выполнена вручную с помощью сценариев "
+"'raidfile-config' и 'bbstored-config'."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Сервер не запустится без настройки. В любом случае, прочитайте файл /usr/"
+"share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "Расположение каталогов RAID:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr "Введите расположение для трёх каталогов RAID."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы включить RAID, нужно указать имена каталогов трёх разделов через "
+"пробел, каждый на отдельном физическом жёстком диске (например: '/raid/0.0 /"
+"raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не хотите использовать RAID, просто укажите путь к одному каталогу, "
+"где будут сохраняться резервные копии (например, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "Если каталоги не существуют, то они будут созданы."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Неверные имена каталогов"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "Например: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "Размер блока пользовательской системы RAID:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr ""
+"В BoxBackup используются технологии RAID, работающие в пользовательском "
+"окружении."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Введите размер блока хранилища. Для максимальной эффективности, вам нужно "
+"указать размер блока файловой системы, на которой расположено хранилище (его "
+"можно узнать, например, для файловой системы ext2, с помощью команды "
+"'tune2fs -l')."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr ""
+"Это значение должно быть задано, даже если вы не планируете использовать "
+"RAID."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Генерировать секретный ключ сервера и запрос сертификата X.509?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"Для аутентификации клиентов и шифрования передачи серверу BoxBackup "
+"требуется секретный ключ RSA и соответствующий сертификат X.509."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Они могут быть сгенерированы автоматически. Вам нужно подписать сертификат в "
+"корневом CA (смотрите пакет boxbackup-server) и положить этот подписанный "
+"сертификат и корневой сертификат CA в каталог с настройками."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Неверный размер блока"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr ""
+"Размер блока должен быть кратен степени двойки (например, 1024 или 4096)."
diff --git a/debian/po/sv.po b/debian/po/sv.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d797880
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/sv.po
@@ -0,0 +1,515 @@
+# translation of boxbackup.po to swedish
+# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the boxbackup package.
+#
+# Martin Bagge <brother@bsnet.se>, 2009.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-01 04:14+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Bagge <brother@bsnet.se>\n"
+"Language-Team: swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Ska inställningarna för BoxBackup-klienten skapas automatiskt?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketet kan automatiskt skapa inställningsfiler för Boxbackup-klienten."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"Du bör välja detta alternativ om du inte är bekant med BoxBackups "
+"inställningar sedan tidiare."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Läs även i /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian för närmare "
+"information om inställningsalternativen för BoxBackup-klienten."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "Körläge för BoxBackup-klienten:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "BoxBackup-klienten har stöd för två olika lägen för säkerhetskopior:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"I \"lazy\"-mode söker tjänsten för säkerhetskopiering regelbundet av "
+"dilsystemet för uppdaterade filer. Den kommer sedan att kopiera filer äldre "
+"än ett visst tröskelvärde till servern med säkerhetskopia."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"I läget \"snapshot\" kommer säkerhetskopiorna att utföras enligt ett "
+"rullande schema. Ett cronjobb kommer att installeras (/etc/cron.d/baxbackup-"
+"client) med hjälp av paketet och kan ändras för att passa dina behov."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Kontonummer för den här noden på servern för säkerhetskopior:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"Administratören för BoxBackup-servern ska ha givit denna klient ett "
+"hexadecimalt-kontonummer."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Om inget kontonummer har tilldelats ännu kan du lämna fältet blankt och "
+"ställa in det senare genom att köra \"dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client\" "
+"som root."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Ogiltigt kontonummer"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr "Kontonummret måste vara ett hexadecimaltnummer (ex. 1F04 eller 4500)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "Komplett domännamn för servern med säkerhetskopior:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"Ange det kompletta domännamnet för BoxBackup-servern som din klient ska "
+"använda."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "Klienten kommer att ansluta till servern på TCP-port 2201."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Lista med kataloger som ska säkerhetskopieras:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Ange en lista separerad av mellanslag med kataloger som ska "
+"säkerhetskopieras till fjärrservern."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"Dessa kataloger får inte innehålla några monterade filsystem i någon nivå i "
+"deras underkataloger."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Ogiltig sökväg"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Sökvägarna till katalogerna måste vara absoluta separerade med mellanslag."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "Exempelvis: /home/myaccount/etc/"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Interval (i sekunder) mellan katalogsökningar:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup söker regelbundet av valda kataloger och letar efter uppdaterade "
+"filer."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Ange avsökningsintervallet i sekunder."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr ""
+"Minimal tid att vänta (i sekunder) innan en fil fkopieras till servern:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"En fil kommer att kopieras till servern så länge minst ett visst "
+"tidsintervall har förflutit sedan förra förändringen."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Ett lågt intervall kommer att innebära frekventare kopieringar till servern "
+"och fler revisioner kommer att skapas och därmed kommer äldre revisioner att "
+"tas bort snabbare."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Maximal tid att vänta (i sekunder) innan en fil kopieras till servern:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"Frekvent modifierade filer kan undgå att kopieras om de aldrig kommer upp i "
+"den minsta väntetiden."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Ange maximal tid som måste förflyta efter att en fil har modifierats innan "
+"en fil kopieras till servern."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "Ogiltig tid angiven"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Ange ett heltal större än noll."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Mottagare som ska få varningsmeddelanden:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup-klienten skickar varningsmeddelanden när ett problem uppstår under "
+"säkerhetskopieringen."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Ange antingen ett lokalt användarnamn (exempelvis \"root\") eller en e-post-"
+"adress (exempelvis \"admin@example.org\")."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Skapa klientens privata nyckel och X.509-certifikatförfrågan?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup-klienten behöver en privat RSA-nyckel och dess motsvarande X.509-"
+"certifikat för att kunna identifiera sig mot servern."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Båda kan skapas automatiskt. Du måste flytta certifikatförfrågningen till "
+"administratören av BoxBackupservern som kommer att signera den och skicka "
+"tillbaka den till dig tillsammans med servern certifikatutfärdar-certifikat."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Dessa filer ska kopieras till BoxBackups inställningskatalog. Filnamnen för "
+"filerna anges i filen /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Ska inställningar för BoxBackup skapas automatiskt?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketets inställningsskript kan skapa inställningsfilerna för Boxbackup-"
+"servern."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"Du ska anta detta alternativ om du inte känner till BoxBackups "
+"inställningsalternativ sedan tidigare. Inställningarna kan göras manuellt "
+"med skripten \"raidfile-config\" och \"bbstored-config\"."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Servern kommer inte att starta om inställningarna inte är kompletta. Du bör "
+"läsa igenom /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "Plats för RAID-kataloger:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr "Ange platsen för de tre RAID-katalogerna."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"För att aktivera RAID måste katalognamnen vara en mellanslagsseparerad lista "
+"med tre partitioner, varje partition på en egen fysisk enhet (ex. \"/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2\")."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte vill aktivera RAID anger du bara en sökväg till en ensam katalog "
+"som säkerhetskopiorna ska lagras i (exempelvis /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "Dessa kataloger kommer att skapas om de inte existerar."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Ogiltigt namn på sökväg"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "Exempelvis: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "Blockstorleken för userland-RAID-system:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "BoxBackup använder userland-RAID-teknologi."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj den blockstorlek som ska användas för lagringen. För maximal "
+"effektivitet ska du välja samma blockstorlek som det underliggande "
+"filsystemet använder (storleken kan visas med kommandot \"tune2fs -l\" för "
+"ext2)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr "Detta värde ska anges även om du inte tänker använda RAID."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Skapa en privat servernyckel och X.509 certifikatförfrågan?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"BoxBackup-servern behöver en privat RSA-nyckel och ett tillhörande X.509-"
+"certifikat för att kunna utföra klient-server-identifiering och "
+"kommunikationskryptering."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Båda kan skapas automatiskt. Certifikatet måste signeras med ditt "
+"huvudcertifikat från certifikatutfärdaren (se även paketet boxbackup-server) "
+"sedan placeras både det signerade certifikatet och huvudcertifikatet från "
+"certifikatutfärdaren i inställningskatalogen."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Felaktig storlek på block"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr "Blockstorleken måste vara binärkompatibel (ex. 1024 eller 4096)."
diff --git a/debian/po/templates.pot b/debian/po/templates.pot
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b897dfbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/templates.pot
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/debian/po/vi.po b/debian/po/vi.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d1412967
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/po/vi.po
@@ -0,0 +1,514 @@
+# Vietnamese translation for BoxBackup.
+# Copyright © 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>, 2007-2010.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: boxbackup 0.11~rc3~r2502-2.1\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: boxbackup@packages.debian.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-28 01:51+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-09-30 18:14+0930\n"
+"Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n"
+"Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n"
+"Language: vi\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: LocFactoryEditor 1.8\n"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid "Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "Ứng dụng khách BoxBackup có nên được tự động cấu hình không?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Các văn lệnh cấu hình gói có khả năng tạo những tập tin cấu hình cho ứng "
+"dụng khách BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"Có nên bật tùy chọn này nếu bạn chưa quen với các tùy chọn cấu hình của "
+"BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details "
+"about the configuration of the BoxBackup client."
+msgstr ""
+"Xem tài liệu Đọc Đi « /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian » để tìm "
+"chi tiết về cấu hình của ứng dụng khách BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "Run mode for the BoxBackup client:"
+msgstr "Chế độ chạy ứng dụng khách BoxBackup:"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid "The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:"
+msgstr "Ứng dụng khách BoxBackup hỗ trợ hai chế độ sao lưu :"
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#. Translators, please keep reference to 'lazy' and 'snapshot' as
+#. these options are written as is in the software documentation
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system "
+"searching for modified files. It will then upload the files older than a "
+"specified age to the backup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Trong chế độ « làm biếng », trình nền sao lưu sẽ quét đều đặn hệ thống tập "
+"tin tìm tập tin bị sửa đổi. Tìm được thì cũng tải lên máy phục vụ sao lưu "
+"tập tin nào « cũ » hơn một thời gian nào đó."
+
+#. Type: select
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular "
+"intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with the "
+"package and should be adapted to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Trong chế độ « chụp hiện trạng », việc sao lưu sẽ được chạy dứt khoát theo "
+"mỗi khoảng đều đặn. Một tập tin định kỳ cron (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) "
+"có sẵn với gói này và nên được sửa đổi để thích hợp với yêu cầu của bạn."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid "Account number for this node on the backup server:"
+msgstr "Số thứ tự tài khoản cho nút này trên máy phục vụ sao lưu :"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a "
+"hexadecimal account number."
+msgstr ""
+"Quản trị của máy phục vụ BoxBackup nên đã gán cho ứng dụng khách này một số "
+"thứ tự tài khoản kiểu thập lục."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and "
+"configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client' as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Chưa gán số thứ tự tài khoản thì bạn bỏ trống trường này và cấu hình về sau "
+"bằng cách chạy câu lệnh « dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client » với quyền "
+"người chủ."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "Invalid account number"
+msgstr "Số thứ tự tài khoản sai"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:5001
+msgid "The account number must be a hexadecimal number (such as 1F04 or 4500)."
+msgstr "Số thứ tự tài khoản phải là một con số thập lục (v.d. 1F04 hay 4500)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "Fully qualified domain name of the backup server:"
+msgstr "Tên miền có khả năng đầy đủ của máy phục vụ sao lưu :"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which "
+"your client will use."
+msgstr ""
+"Hãy gõ tên miền có khả năng đầy đủ (FQDN) của máy phục vụ Boxbackup cho ứng "
+"dụng khách sử dụng."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:6001
+msgid "The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201."
+msgstr "Ứng dụng khách sẽ kết nối tới máy phục vụ trên cổng TCP 2201."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid "List of directories to backup:"
+msgstr "Danh sách các thư mục cần sao lưu :"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the "
+"remote server."
+msgstr ""
+"Hãy đưa ra một danh sách định giới bằng dấu cách chứa những thư mục cần sao "
+"lưu vào máy phục vụ từ xa."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:7001
+msgid ""
+"Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in "
+"their subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+"Những thư mục này không nên chứa hệ thống tập tin đã lắp ở cấp nào trong các "
+"thư mục phụ."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "Invalid path name"
+msgstr "Tên đường dẫn sai"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001 ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid ""
+"The path names to the directories must be absolute path names, separated by "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Mỗi tên đường dẫn tới thư mục phải là một tên đường dẫn tuyệt đối, định giới "
+"bằng dấu cách."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:8001
+msgid "For example: /home/myaccount /etc/"
+msgstr "Thí dụ : /home/tài_khoản_mình /etc/"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Interval (in seconds) between directory scans:"
+msgstr "Khoảng (theo giây) giữa hai lần quét thư mục:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid ""
+"BoxBackup regularly scans the selected directories, looking for modified "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"Trình BoxBackup quét đều đặn các thư mục đã chọn, tìm tập tin bị sửa đổi."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:9001
+msgid "Please choose the scan interval in seconds."
+msgstr "Hãy chọn khoảng quét theo giây."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid "Minimum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Thời gian tối thiểu (theo giây) cần đợi trước khi tải lên tập tin:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"A file will be uploaded to the server only after a certain time after its "
+"last modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Mỗi tập tin sẽ được tải lên máy phục vụ chỉ sau khi đợi một khoảng thời gian "
+"nào đó sau lần cuối cùng bị sửa đổi."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:10001
+msgid ""
+"Low interval values will trigger frequent uploads to the server and more "
+"revisions being created with older revisions being removed earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Giá trị khoảng thấp sẽ gây ra nhiều việc tải lên máy phục vụ hơn thì nhiều "
+"bản sửa đổi được tạo hơn, và các bản sửa đổi cũ bị gỡ bỏ trước."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid "Maximum time to wait (in seconds) before uploading a file:"
+msgstr "Thời gian tối đa (theo giây) cần đợi trước khi tải lên tập tin:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Frequently modified files are likely to never get uploaded if they never "
+"reach the minimum wait time."
+msgstr ""
+"Tập tin thường bị sửa đổi thì sẽ không được tải lên nếu chưa tới thời gian "
+"đợi tối thiểu."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:11001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter the maximum time to reach before the upload of a modified file "
+"to the server is enforced."
+msgstr ""
+"Hãy gõ khoảng thời gian tối đa cần tới trước khi ép buộc việc tải lên máy "
+"phục vụ tập tin bị sửa đổi."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Invalid time entered"
+msgstr "Sai nhập thời gian"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:12001
+msgid "Please enter an integer value greater null."
+msgstr "Hãy gõ một giá trị số nguyên dương (>0)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid "Recipient for alert notifications:"
+msgstr "Người nhận thông báo cảnh giác:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during "
+"the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"Ứng dụng khách BoxBackup gửi thông báo cảnh giác khi gặp vấn đề trong khi "
+"sao lưu."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:13001
+msgid ""
+"Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email "
+"address (for example 'admin@example.org')."
+msgstr ""
+"Hãy gõ hoặc một tên người dùng cục bộ (v.d. « root »), hoặc một địa chỉ thư "
+"điện tử (v.d. « admin@thí_dụ.org »)."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid "Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Tạo ra khoá riêng ứng dụng khách và yêu cầu chứng nhận X.509 ?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to authenticate itself with the server."
+msgstr ""
+"Ứng dụng khách BoxBackup yêu cầu một khoá riêng kiểu RSA, và chứng nhận "
+"X.509 tương ứng, để tự xác thực với máy phục vụ."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate "
+"request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it and send it "
+"back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Cả hai có thể được tự động tạo ra. Bạn cần phải gửi yêu cầu chứng nhận cho "
+"quản trị máy phục vụ BoxBackup ký và trả lại cùng với chứng nhận CA (nhà cầm "
+"quyền cấp chứng nhận) của máy phục vụ."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-client.templates:14001
+msgid ""
+"These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The "
+"file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Những tập tin này nên được sao chép vào thư mục cấu hình của BoxBackup. Các "
+"tên tập tin cần dùng được đưa ra trong tập tin cấu hình « /etc/boxbackup/"
+"bbackupd.conf file »."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid "Should BoxBackup be configured automatically?"
+msgstr "BoxBackup có nên được tự động cấu hình không?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the "
+"BoxBackup server."
+msgstr ""
+"Các văn lệnh cấu hình gói có khả năng tạo những tập tin cấu hình cho trình "
+"phục vụ BoxBackup."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's "
+"configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with the "
+"'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"Có nên bật tùy chọn này nếu bạn chưa quen với các tùy chọn cấu hình của "
+"BoxBackup. Bạn cũng có thể tự cấu hình dùng văn lệnh « raidfile-config » va "
+"« bbstored-config »."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:2001
+msgid ""
+"The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading "
+"the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Chưa cấu hình thì trình phục vụ không khởi chạy. Trong mọi trường hợp, "
+"khuyên bạn đọc tài liệu Đọc Đi « /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README."
+"Debian »."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Location of the RAID directories:"
+msgstr "Vị trí của thư mục RAID:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories."
+msgstr "Hãy chọn vị trí cho ba thư mục tập tin RAID."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of "
+"three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for example: '/"
+"raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2')."
+msgstr ""
+"Để hiệu lực chức năng RAID, những tên thư mục nên làm một danh sách định "
+"giới bằng dấu cách chứa ba phân vùng, mỗi điều trên một ổ đĩa cứng vật lý "
+"riêng (v.d. « /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2 »)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory "
+"where the backups will be stored (for example, /usr/local/lib/boxbackup)."
+msgstr ""
+"Không muốn hiệu lực RAID thì chỉ cần xác định đường dẫn tới một thư mục "
+"trong đó có thể cất giữ các bản sao lưu (v.d. « /usr/local/lib/boxbackup »)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:3001
+msgid "These directories will be created if they do not exist."
+msgstr "Chưa tồn tại thì tự động tạo những thư mục này."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "Invalid path names"
+msgstr "Tên đường dẫn sai"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:4001
+msgid "For example: /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+msgstr "Thí dụ : /raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "Block size for the userland RAID system:"
+msgstr "Kích cỡ khối cho hệ thống RAID vùng người dùng:"
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques."
+msgstr "BoxBackup sử dụng kỹ thuật RAID kiểu vùng người dùng."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid ""
+"Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, "
+"you should choose the block size of the underlying file system (which can be "
+"displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command)."
+msgstr ""
+"Hãy chọn kích cỡ khối cần dùng cho sức chứa. Để hữu hiệu nhất, bạn nên chọn "
+"kích cỡ khối của hệ thống tập tin bên dưới (trên hệ thống tập tin ext2 có "
+"thể hiển thị nó dùng câu lệnh « tune2fs -l »)."
+
+#. Type: string
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:5001
+msgid "This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID."
+msgstr "Giá trị này nên được lập thậm chí nếu bạn không định sử dụng RAID."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid "Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request?"
+msgstr "Tạo ra một khoá riêng máy phục vụ và yêu cầu chứng nhận X.509 ?"
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 "
+"certificate to perform client-server authentication and communication "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"Trình phục vụ BoxBackup yêu cầu một khoá riêng kiểu RSA, và chứng nhận X.509 "
+"tương ứng, để thực hiện tiến trình xác thực giữa ứng dụng khách và trình "
+"phục vụ, và để mật mã hoá giao thông."
+
+#. Type: boolean
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:6001
+msgid ""
+"Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate "
+"with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put this signed "
+"certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Cả hai có thể được tự động tạo ra. Bạn cần phải ký chứng nhận dùng CA gốc "
+"(xem gói tiện ích « boxbackup-server »), và để vào thư mục cấu hình chứng "
+"nhận đã ký và chứng nhận CA gốc."
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "Invalid block size"
+msgstr "Sai lập kích cỡ khối"
+
+#. Type: error
+#. Description
+#: ../boxbackup-server.templates:7001
+msgid "The block size must be a power of two (e.g. 1024 or 4096)."
+msgstr "Kích cỡ khối phải là hai lũy thừa (v.d. 1024 hay 4096)."
diff --git a/debian/rules b/debian/rules
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..b67b9519
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/rules
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+#!/usr/bin/make -f
+
+# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode.
+#export DH_VERBOSE=1
+
+include /usr/share/dpkg/pkg-info.mk
+
+# These are used for cross-compiling and for saving the configure script
+# from having to guess our platform (since we know it already)
+DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)
+DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)
+
+TMP:=$(CURDIR)/debian/tmp
+
+ifneq (,$(findstring debug,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS)))
+ CFLAGS += -g
+endif
+ifeq (,$(findstring nostrip,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS)))
+ INSTALL_PROGRAM += -s
+endif
+
+configure: configure-stamp
+configure-stamp:
+ dh_testdir
+ echo "$(DEB_VERSION_UPSTREAM_REVISION)" > VERSION.txt
+ echo "boxbackup" >> VERSION.txt
+ sh -x ./bootstrap
+ ./configure $(DEB_EXTRA_CONFIG_FLAGS) LDFLAGS="-Wl,--as-needed"
+ touch configure-stamp
+
+build-stamp: configure-stamp
+ dh_testdir
+ $(MAKE) V=1
+# the testsuite is only really maintained on i386 and amd64
+ifneq (,$(filter $(DEB_HOST_ARCH),i386 amd64))
+ifeq (,$(findstring nocheck,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS)))
+ ./runtest.pl ALL
+endif
+endif
+ touch build-stamp
+
+docs/docbook/instguide.pdf:
+ $(MAKE) -C docs instguide
+ cd docs/docbook && docbook2pdf instguide.xml
+
+docs/docbook/adminguide.pdf: configure-stamp
+ $(MAKE) -C docs adminguide
+ cd docs/docbook && docbook2pdf adminguide.xml
+
+docs: docs/docbook/instguide.pdf docs/docbook/adminguide.pdf
+ $(MAKE) -C docs manpages
+
+build-arch: build-stamp
+build-indep: docs
+
+build: build-arch build-indep
+
+clean:
+ dh_testdir
+ dh_testroot
+ dh_clean build-stamp configure-stamp
+ echo "USE_SVN_VERSION" > VERSION.txt
+ echo "boxbackup" >> VERSION.txt
+ [ ! -f Makefile ] || make clean
+ sh debian/clean.sh
+ dh_clean config.log config.status
+
+install: DH_OPTIONS=
+install: build
+ dh_testdir
+ dh_testroot
+ dh_prep
+ dh_installdirs
+
+ mkdir -p $(TMP)/etc/logcheck/ignore.d.workstation
+ mkdir -p $(TMP)/etc/logcheck/ignore.d.server
+ install -m 644 debian/boxbackup-server.logcheck.ignore $(TMP)/etc/logcheck/ignore.d.workstation/boxbackup-server
+ install -m 644 debian/boxbackup-server.logcheck.ignore $(TMP)/etc/logcheck/ignore.d.server/boxbackup-server
+
+ dh_install
+
+binary-indep:
+# no architecture independant packages are being built
+
+# Build architecture-dependent files here.
+binary-arch: build install
+ dh_testdir -a
+ dh_testroot -a
+ dh_installdebconf -a
+ dh_installdocs -a -A ExceptionCodes.txt docs/docbook/instguide.pdf docs/docbook/adminguide.pdf
+ dh_installinit -a
+ dh_installcron -a
+ dh_installman
+ dh_installchangelogs -a
+ dh_strip -a
+ dh_compress -a
+ dh_fixperms -a
+ dh_installdeb -a
+ dh_shlibdeps -a
+ dh_gencontrol -a
+ dh_md5sums -a
+ dh_builddeb -a
+
+binary: binary-arch
+.PHONY: build build-arch build-indep clean binary-indep binary-arch binary install docs
diff --git a/debian/source/format b/debian/source/format
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..163aaf8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/source/format
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+3.0 (quilt)
diff --git a/debian/testing-notes.org b/debian/testing-notes.org
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b948c100
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/testing-notes.org
@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
+#+TITLE: boxbackup testing notes
+#+DATE: <2017-06-17 Sat>
+#+AUTHOR: Reinhard Tartler
+#+EMAIL: siretart@debian.org
+
+* Installing vagrant
+
+These are my personal notes on how I've tested the boxbackup
+packages. Surely there are many other ways (and even better ones) how
+test the packages, but this is a way that works for me. Please do
+provide me with your thoughts and suggestions.
+
+I'm using vagrant in KVM mode, which is included in debian/stretch. I've
+tested this on a relatively modern Intel I5-7260U CPU with a Debian
+amd64 installation. Other architectures and non-virtualized environments
+should work exactly the same. The basic testing idea is to install the
+CA signature server, the boxbackup server and the boxbackup client on
+the same (virtual) machine, and backup to localhost for
+simplicity. Production installations will place them all on different
+host, but that would make testing unnecessarily hard.
+
+Let's first start with installing vagrant:
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC bash
+sudo apt install vagrant-libvirt virt-manager
+sudo adduser $(whoami) libvirt
+newgrp
+#+END_SRC
+
+Now we can get a new box, get it up and login:
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC bash
+vagrant init debian/stretch64
+vagrant up
+vagrant ssh
+#+END_SRC
+
+You might get some password prompts, not sure how to avoid those.
+
+* Testing boxbackup
+
+First install the debian packages. This assumes that the Vagrant file is
+in the same directory that contains the =*.deb= packages to test.
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC bash
+sudo apt install /vagrant/boxbackup*0.13*.deb
+#+END_SRC
+
+First, we need to create a certificate authority.
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC bash
+cd /root
+bbstored-certs ca init
+#+END_SRC
+
+Setup the server:
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC bash
+mkdir /boxbackup/
+dpkg-reconfigure -p low boxbackup-server
+#+END_SRC
+
+Output might look like this:
+
+#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
+Configuring boxbackup-server
+----------------------------
+
+The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the BoxBackup server.
+
+You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's configuration options. The configuration can be done manually with
+the 'raidfile-config' and 'bbstored-config' scripts.
+
+The server will not start if it is not configured. In all cases, reading the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-server/README.Debian is recommended.
+
+Should BoxBackup be configured automatically? [yes/no]
+
+
+Should BoxBackup be configured automatically? [yes/no] yes
+yes
+
+
+Please choose the location for the three RAID file directories.
+
+To enable RAID, the directory names should be a space-separated list of three partitions, each on different physical hard drives (for
+example: '/raid/0.0 /raid/0.1 /raid/0.2').
+
+If you don't want to enable RAID, just specify the path to one directory where the backups will be stored (for example,
+/usr/local/lib/boxbackup).
+
+These directories will be created if they do not exist.
+
+Location of the RAID directories: /boxbackup/0
+/boxbackup/0
+
+
+BoxBackup uses userland RAID techniques.
+
+Please choose the block size to use for the storage. For maximum efficiency, you should choose the block size of the underlying file
+system (which can be displayed for ext2 filesystems with the 'tune2fs -l' command).
+
+This value should be set even if you don't plan to use RAID.
+
+Block size for the userland RAID system: 4096
+4096
+
+
+The BoxBackup server needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 certificate to perform client-server authentication and
+communication encryption.
+
+Both can be generated automatically. You will need to sign the certificate with your root CA (see the boxbackup-server package) and put
+this signed certificate and the root CA certificate in the configuration folder.
+
+Generate a server private key and X.509 certificate request? [yes/no] yes
+yes
+
+
+User bbstored already exists.
+Creating /boxbackup/0/backup directory...
+Generating RSA private key, 2048 bit long modulus
+...................+++
+............+++
+e is 65537 (0x010001)
+You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated
+into your certificate request.
+What you are about to enter is what is called a Distinguished Name or a DN.
+There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank
+For some fields there will be a default value,
+If you enter '.', the field will be left blank.
+-----
+Country Name (2 letter code) [AU]:State or Province Name (full name) [Some-State]:Locality Name (eg, city) []:Organization Name (eg, company) [Internet Widgits Pty Ltd]:Organizational Unit Name (eg, section) []:Common Name (e.g. server FQDN or YOUR name) []:Email Address []:
+Please enter the following 'extra' attributes
+to be sent with your certificate request
+A challenge password []:An optional company name []:perl: warning: Setting locale failed.
+
+Creating config file /etc/boxbackup/raidfile.conf with new version
+
+Creating config file /etc/boxbackup/bbstored.conf with new version
+
+#+END_EXAMPLE
+
+Now we need to sign the server certificate:
+
+#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
+cd /root
+bbstored-certs ca sign-server /etc/boxbackup/bbstored/boxbackup-server-cert-req.pem
+
+This certificate is for backup server
+
+ localhost
+
+Signing the wrong certificate compromises the security of your backup system.
+
+Would you like to sign this certificate? (type 'yes' to confirm)
+yes
+yes
+Signature ok
+subject=CN = localhost
+Getting CA Private Key
+
+
+Certificate signed.
+
+Install the files
+
+ ca/servers/localhost-cert.pem
+ ca/roots/clientCA.pem
+
+on the server.
+
+#+END_EXAMPLE
+
+After this, we need to install them:
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC bash
+cp -v ca/roots/clientCA.pem /etc/boxbackup/bbstored/boxbackup-client-ca-cert.pem
+cp -v ca/servers/localhost-cert.pem /etc/boxbackup/bbstored/boxbackup-server-cert.pem
+#+END_SRC
+
+Create a new user:
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC bash
+bbstoreaccounts create 1 0 1G 2G
+#+END_SRC
+
+Now we can start the server:
+
+#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
+# systemctl restart boxbackup-server
+# systemctl status boxbackup-server
+● boxbackup-server.service - Box Backup Server
+ Loaded: loaded (/lib/systemd/system/boxbackup-server.service; disabled; vendor preset: enabled)
+ Active: active (running) since Sat 2017-06-17 23:59:32 UTC; 2s ago
+ Main PID: 2574 (bbstored)
+ Tasks: 2 (limit: 4915)
+ CGroup: /system.slice/boxbackup-server.service
+ ├─2574 /usr/sbin/bbstored -F -c /etc/boxbackup/bbstored.conf
+ └─2575 /usr/sbin/bbstored -F -c /etc/boxbackup/bbstored.conf
+
+Jun 17 23:59:32 stretch systemd[1]: Started Box Backup Server.
+Jun 17 23:59:32 stretch bbstored[2574]: NOTICE: Box Backup Store Server v0.12~gitcf52058f-1, (c) Ben Summers and contributors 2003-2014
+Jun 17 23:59:32 stretch bbstored[2574]: NOTICE: Starting daemon, version: 0.12~gitcf52058f-1
+Jun 17 23:59:32 stretch bbstored[2574]: NOTICE: Starting daemon, version: 0.12~gitcf52058f-1
+Jun 17 23:59:32 stretch bbstored[2574]: NOTICE: Using configuration file: /etc/boxbackup/bbstored.conf
+Jun 17 23:59:32 stretch bbstored[2574]: NOTICE: Using configuration file: /etc/boxbackup/bbstored.conf
+#+END_EXAMPLE
+
+
+Let's create setup the client:
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC bash
+# dpkg-reconfigure -plow boxbackup-client
+dpkg-reconfigure -plow boxbackup-client
+debconf: unable to initialize frontend: Dialog
+debconf: (Dialog frontend will not work on a dumb terminal, an emacs shell buffer, or without a controlling terminal.)
+debconf: falling back to frontend: Readline
+Configuring boxbackup-client
+----------------------------
+
+The package configuration scripts can create the configuration files for the BoxBackup client.
+
+You should choose this option if you are not familiar with BoxBackup's configuration options.
+
+Please read the /usr/share/doc/boxbackup-client/README.Debian for details about the configuration of the BoxBackup client.
+
+Should the BoxBackup client be configured automatically? [yes/no] yes
+yes
+
+
+The BoxBackup client supports two modes of backup:
+
+In the 'lazy' mode, the backup daemon will regularly scan the file system searching for modified files. It will then upload the files
+older than a specified age to the backup server.
+
+In the 'snapshot' mode the backup will be explicitly run at regular intervals. A cron file (/etc/cron.d/boxbackup-client) is provided with
+the package and should be adapted to suit your needs.
+
+ 1. lazy 2. snapshot
+
+Run mode for the BoxBackup client: 2
+2
+
+
+The administrator of the BoxBackup server should have assigned this client a hexadecimal account number.
+
+If no account number has been assigned yet, leave this field blank and configure it later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure boxbackup-client'
+as root.
+
+Account number for this node on the backup server: 1
+1
+
+
+Please enter the fully qualified domain name of the BoxBackup server which your client will use.
+
+The client will connect to the server on TCP port 2201.
+
+Fully qualified domain name of the backup server: localhost
+localhost
+
+
+Please give a space-separated list of directories to be backed up onto the remote server.
+
+Those directories should not contain mounted file systems at any level in their subdirectories.
+
+List of directories to backup: /etc /home
+/etc /home
+
+
+The BoxBackup client sends alert notifications when a problem occurs during the backup.
+
+Please enter either a local user name (for example 'root') or an email address (for example 'admin@example.org').
+
+Recipient for alert notifications: root
+root
+
+
+The BoxBackup client needs an RSA private key and the corresponding X.509 certificate to authenticate itself with the server.
+
+Both can be generated automatically. You will need to send the certificate request to the BoxBackup server administrator who will sign it
+and send it back to you along with the server's Certification Authority certificate.
+
+These files should be copied into BoxBackup's configuration directory. The file names to use are given in the /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf
+file.
+
+Generate the client private key and X.509 certificate request? [yes/no] yes
+yes
+#+END_SRC
+
+Which we can now sign:
+
+
+
+#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
+# cd /root
+# cp -v /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd/boxbackup-client-cert-req.pem ca/clients/1-csr.pem
+# bbstored-certs ca sign ca/clients/1-csr.pem
+
+This certificate is for backup account
+
+ 1
+
+Ensure this matches the account number you are expecting. The filename is
+
+ ./bbackupd/boxbackup-client-cert-req.pem
+
+which should include this account number, and additionally, you should check
+that you received it from the right person.
+
+Signing the wrong certificate compromises the security of your backup system.
+
+Would you like to sign this certificate? (type 'yes' to confirm)
+yes
+yes
+Signature ok
+subject=CN = BACKUP-1
+Getting CA Private Key
+
+
+Certificate signed.
+
+Send the files
+
+ ca/clients/1-cert.pem
+ ca/roots/serverCA.pem
+
+to the client.
+
+#+END_EXAMPLE
+
+Now we can install the files:
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC bash
+ cp -v ca/clients/1-cert.pem /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd/boxbackup-client-cert.pem
+ cp -v ca/roots/serverCA.pem /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd/boxbackup-server-ca-cert.pem
+#+END_SRC
+
+
+Let's restart the client:
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC bash
+root@stretch:/root# systemctl restart boxbackup-client
+root@stretch:/root# systemctl status boxbackup-client
+● boxbackup-client.service - Box Backup Client
+ Loaded: loaded (/lib/systemd/system/boxbackup-client.service; disabled; vendor preset: enabled)
+ Active: active (running) since Sun 2017-06-18 00:01:20 UTC; 3s ago
+ Main PID: 2793 (bbackupd)
+ Tasks: 1 (limit: 4915)
+ CGroup: /system.slice/boxbackup-client.service
+ └─2793 /usr/sbin/bbackupd -F -c /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf
+
+Jun 18 00:01:20 stretch systemd[1]: Started Box Backup Client.
+Jun 18 00:01:20 stretch bbackupd[2793]: NOTICE: Box Backup Client v0.12~gitcf52058f-1, (c) Ben Summers and contributors 2003-2014
+Jun 18 00:01:20 stretch bbackupd[2793]: NOTICE: Starting daemon, version: 0.12~gitcf52058f-1
+Jun 18 00:01:20 stretch bbackupd[2793]: NOTICE: Starting daemon, version: 0.12~gitcf52058f-1
+Jun 18 00:01:20 stretch bbackupd[2793]: NOTICE: Using configuration file: /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf
+Jun 18 00:01:20 stretch bbackupd[2793]: NOTICE: Using configuration file: /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf
+Jun 18 00:01:20 stretch bbackupd[2793]: NOTICE: Store object info file is not enabled. Will download directory listings from store.
+Jun 18 00:01:20 stretch bbackupd[2793]: NOTICE: Store object info file is not enabled. Will download directory listings from store.
+Jun 18 00:01:20 stretch bbackupd[2793]: NOTICE: Beginning scan of local files
+Jun 18 00:01:20 stretch bbackupd[2793]: NOTICE: Beginning scan of local files
+#+END_SRC
+
+And now let's do a backup. This may take a while...
+
+#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
+bbackupctl sync-and-wait
+NOTICE: Using configuration file /etc/boxbackup/bbackupd.conf
+INFO: Daemon configuration summary:
+ AutomaticBackup = false
+ UpdateStoreInterval = 0 seconds
+ MinimumFileAge = 0 seconds
+ MaxUploadWait = 0 seconds
+INFO: Sync started...
+INFO: Sync finished.
+#+END_EXAMPLE
+
+Let's check the size of the backup store, and the number of files in backup:
+
+#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
+root@stretch:/tmp# bbackupquery 'list -R' exit | wc -l
+1184
+root@stretch:/tmp# du -sh /boxbackup
+5.1M /boxbackup
+root@stretch:/tmp#
+#+END_EXAMPLE
+
+For automated installation, here are my boxbackup settings:
+
+#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
+root@stretch:/tmp# debconf-get-selections | grep boxbackup
+debconf-get-selections | grep boxbackup
+boxbackup-client boxbackup-client/MaxUploadWait string 86400
+boxbackup-client boxbackup-client/notifyMail string root
+boxbackup-client boxbackup-client/accountNumber string 1
+boxbackup-client boxbackup-client/UpdateStoreInterval string 3600
+boxbackup-client boxbackup-client/MinimumFileAge string 21600
+boxbackup-server boxbackup-server/generateCertificate boolean true
+boxbackup-server boxbackup-server/raidBlockSize string 4096
+boxbackup-server boxbackup-server/debconf boolean true
+boxbackup-client boxbackup-client/backupMode select snapshot
+boxbackup-client boxbackup-client/backupServer string localhost
+boxbackup-client boxbackup-client/backupDirs string /etc /home
+boxbackup-server boxbackup-server/raidDirectories string /boxbackup/0
+boxbackup-client boxbackup-client/generateCertificate boolean true
+boxbackup-client boxbackup-client/debconf boolean true
+#+END_EXAMPLE
diff --git a/debian/watch b/debian/watch
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2af8a359
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/watch
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+version=3
+# upstream does not plan to make specific releases anymore, cf
+# http://lists.boxbackup.org/pipermail/boxbackup/2019-January/006690.html
+opts="mode=git, gpgmode=none, pretty=0.13~~git%cd.g%h" \
+ https://github.com/boxbackup/boxbackup HEAD debian uupdate